WO2015032036A1 - Method and device for achieving interoperation between cellular network and wireless local area network - Google Patents

Method and device for achieving interoperation between cellular network and wireless local area network Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015032036A1
WO2015032036A1 PCT/CN2013/082915 CN2013082915W WO2015032036A1 WO 2015032036 A1 WO2015032036 A1 WO 2015032036A1 CN 2013082915 W CN2013082915 W CN 2013082915W WO 2015032036 A1 WO2015032036 A1 WO 2015032036A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
wlan
user equipment
information
cellular network
network site
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/082915
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
靳维生
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2013/082915 priority Critical patent/WO2015032036A1/en
Priority to CN201380004525.6A priority patent/CN104770019B/en
Publication of WO2015032036A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015032036A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16Discovering, processing access restriction or access information

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communication technologies, and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network. Background technique
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Networks
  • operators deploy cellular network base stations (including macro base stations, micro base stations, home base stations, femto cells or A pico cell (pico cell, etc.) is integrated with a WLAN AP (Access Point) on the base station; or, a WLAN AP is placed in a vicinity of the cellular network base station, so that the coverage of the cellular network base station and the WLAN AP is It has overlapping areas and realizes the network form of cellular network and WLAN interworking. In this way, operating costs can be reduced and the throughput of mobile networks can be increased.
  • the effective discovery and selection of WLAN APs by UEs residing in a cellular network is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • 3GPP The 3 rd Generation Partnership Project , Third Generation Partnership Project
  • ANDSF Access Network Discovery and Selection Function , to access network discovery and selection function
  • the server sends the relevant access network information to the UE (User Equipment), such as ANDI (Access Network Discovery Information) and ISMP (Inter-System Mobility Policy). And ISRP (Inter-System Routing Policy).
  • UE User Equipment
  • ANDI Access Network Discovery Information
  • ISMP Inter-System Mobility Policy
  • ISRP Inter-System Routing Policy
  • the UE needs to obtain access network information through the server of the core network user plane, thereby increasing the location topology and status, resulting in increased delay and inefficiency.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for implementing interoperation between a cellular network and a wireless local area network, which can improve efficiency.
  • a method for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network includes: the user equipment receives the information of the first WLAN access point WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station; and the user equipment determines, according to the information of the first WLAN AP, whether to access the first WLAN AP The user equipment accesses the first WLAN AP if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the method before the accessing the first WLAN AP, the method further includes: the user equipment opening a WLAN module of the user equipment.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following information: an identifier, a location of the first WLAN AP
  • the method includes: when the user equipment determines that the following at least one condition is met, the user equipment determines to access the first WLAN AP: the user equipment determines, according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP; and the user equipment determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, The user equipment is located in the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and the user equipment determines, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the user equipment.
  • the user equipment determines, according to the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the user equipment to support the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP;
  • the information about the traffic distribution mode supported by the first WLAN AP determines whether the traffic distribution mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the user equipment; And determining, by the user equipment, that the capability of the user equipment supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the user equipment determines, according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, the first cellular network site integration.
  • a WLAN AP comprising: determining, by the user equipment, the first cellular network site integration according to a correspondence between an identifier of the first WLAN AP and an identifier of a WLAN AP that is integrated by the stored first cellular network site The first WLAN AP; or the user The device determines, according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP.
  • the user equipment determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the user equipment is located is located.
  • the coverage of the first WLAN AP includes: determining, by the user equipment, the coverage of the first WLAN AP according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and receiving, by the user equipment, the first The signal measurement value of the site determines the location where the user equipment is located, and determines that the location where the user equipment is located is located in the first WLAN AP according to the coverage of the first WLAN AP and the location of the user equipment. Within the coverage.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: a transmit power of the first WLAN AP a value, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a ratio or offset of a transmit power of the first WLAN AP to a transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the user equipment receives information about a first WLAN access point WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network site.
  • the user equipment receives information of multiple WLAN APs generated and sent by the first cellular network site, and the information of the multiple WLAN APs includes information of the first WLAN AN;
  • the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP is the maximum value of the transmit power values of the multiple WLAN APs, or the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the middle of the transmit power levels of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the ratio of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is a ratio of a transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to a transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is less than the transmit power of the first cellular network site The value is the smallest of the offset values of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site; or when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the first cellular network site Transmit power, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs and the first cellular network station
  • the offset of the transmit power of the point is the largest.
  • the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: an air interface resource of the first WLAN AP The information, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information;
  • Determining, by the user equipment, that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the user equipment, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes: when the user equipment determines that the following at least one condition is met, The user equipment determines that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment: the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; The percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resource is greater than a second ratio threshold; the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth of the first WLAN AP that is free of the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than a third ratio threshold; The percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold.
  • the user equipment determines, according to information about a WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP,
  • the capability of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is as follows: the user equipment is configured according to the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the WLAN AP access mode stored in the user equipment. Corresponding relationship, determining that the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the user equipment determines, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the user equipment to support the The PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP includes: determining, by the user equipment, the capability support of the user equipment according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the user equipment.
  • the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP includes: determining, by the user equipment, the capability support of the user equipment according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the user equipment.
  • the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP includes: determining, by the user equipment, the capability support of the user equipment according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the user equipment.
  • the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP includes: determining, by the user equipment, the capability support of the user equipment according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN
  • the user equipment when the user equipment is in an idle state and resides at the first cellular network site, the user equipment receives The information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station, includes: the user equipment receives a broadcast control channel BCCH sent by the first cellular network station, The BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site, the user equipment receives the first
  • the information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the cellular network station includes: the user equipment receives and reads the BCCH sent by the first cellular network station according to the guidance of the second cellular network station, where the BCCH carries The information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment determines to access the first WLAN AP, the user equipment sends the The second cell site sends a first radio resource control RRC message, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cell network station that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
  • the user equipment when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, the user equipment receives The information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station, includes: the user equipment receives a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, where the second RRC message carries the first cellular network Information generated by the site of the WLAN AP.
  • the user equipment sends a third RRC message to the first cellular network station, where the third RRC message is used.
  • the user equipment that is notified to the first cellular network site can access the first WLAN AP.
  • a method for implementing interworking between a cellular network and a wireless local area network comprising: generating, by a first cellular network site, information of a first wireless local area network access point WLAN AP; the first cellular network site to a user The device sends the information of the first WLAN AP, to indicate that the user equipment determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP, And accessing the first WLAN AP.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information of the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP And a public land mobile network identifier PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP;
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the first WLAN AP is integrated with the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment. Determining whether the location where the user equipment is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine that the first WLAN AP is not used. The resource meets the resource requirement of the user equipment, and the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the access mode the information about the traffic split mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the traffic off mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the service requirements of the user equipment, and the A PLMN ID supported by a WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports a PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: a transmit power of the first WLAN AP a value, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a ratio or offset of a transmit power of the first WLAN AP to a transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: an air interface resource of the first WLAN AP The information, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information.
  • the sending, by the first cellular network station, the information of the first WLAN AP to the user equipment, a cellular network station sends a broadcast control channel BCCH to the user equipment, where the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the user equipment is in an idle state and resides in the Said first cellular network site, or said user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site.
  • the sending, by the first cellular network station, the information of the first WLAN AP to the user equipment A cellular network station sends a second radio resource control RRC to the user equipment
  • the second RRC message carries information about the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the user equipment is in a connected state and is connected to the first cellular network site.
  • the first cellular network station learns that the user equipment can be connected by using a third RRC message sent by the user equipment. Into the first WLAN AP.
  • a third aspect provides a user equipment, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive information of a first WLAN access point WLAN AP generated and sent by a first cellular network site; and a determining unit, configured to be used according to the receiving unit The received information of the first WLAN AP determines whether to access the first WLAN AP, and the access unit is configured to: when the determining unit determines to access the first WLAN AP, access the first A WLAN AP.
  • the user equipment further includes an opening unit, where the opening unit is configured to open a WLAN module of the user equipment.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiving unit includes at least one of the following information: The identifier of the WLAN AP, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP, and the first WLAN AP supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine to access the first WLAN AP when determining that the following at least one condition is met: the determining unit determines, according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, the first cellular network site integration office Determining, by the first WLAN AP, the determining unit, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the user equipment is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP; Determining, by the resource usage information of the WLAN AP, that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the user equipment; the determining unit determines the user according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP The capability of the device supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP; the determining unit determines, according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, whether the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP satisfies the a request for the service accessed by the user equipment; and the determining unit determines, according to the PLMN ID
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, and the stored first Determining a correspondence between the identifiers of the WLAN APs integrated by the network station, determining that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP; or the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to information in the information of the first WLAN AP The indication information of the first WLAN identifier determines that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN The coverage of the AP determines the location of the user equipment according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site, and the coverage of the first WLAN AP and the location of the user equipment. Determining that the location where the user equipment is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the information of the multiple WLAN APs received by the receiving unit includes the foregoing a WLAN AP information
  • the determining unit Determining, by the determining unit, that the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP that is accessed is the maximum value of the transmit power values of the multiple WLAN APs, or that the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the multiple The highest of the WLAN AP's transmit power levels; or
  • a ratio of a transmit power of the first WLAN AP that is accessed to a transmit power of the first cellular network site is a transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs and a transmit of the first cellular network site The largest of the power ratios;
  • the determining unit determines the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit of the first cellular network site
  • the offset value of the power is the smallest of the offset values of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site;
  • the determining unit determines the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit of the first cellular network site
  • the offset value of the power is the largest of the offset values of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: a transmit power value of the WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a ratio or offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiving unit includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information;
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: when it is determined that the following at least one condition is met, determining that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets resource requirements of the user equipment:
  • the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth of the first WLAN AP to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connected capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and stored in the Determining the correspondence between the WLAN AP access modes of the user equipment, and determining the capability of the user equipment to support the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to: store, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the user Corresponding relationship of the PLMN ID of the device, determining that the capability of the user equipment supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in an idle state and resides in the first And the network station receives the broadcast control channel BCCH sent by the first cellular network station, where the BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network station.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site Receiving and reading a BCCH sent by the first cellular network site according to a guide of the second cellular network site, where the BCCH carries the Information of the first WLAN AP.
  • the user equipment further includes a first sending unit, where the first sending unit is configured to send the second The cellular station sends a first radio resource control RRC message, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network station that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
  • the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network And receiving, by the first eNB, a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, where the second RRC message carries information about the WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the user equipment further includes a second sending unit, where the second sending unit is configured to The cellular network station sends a third RRC message, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network site that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
  • a first cellular network site includes: a generating unit, configured to generate information of a first WLAN access point WLAN AP, and a sending unit, configured to send, to the user equipment
  • the information about the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit to indicate that the user equipment determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and determines to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the first WLAN AP is accessed.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP that is sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN The transmit power information of the AP, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information about the split mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the first WLAN.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the first WLAN AP is integrated with the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment. Determining whether the location where the user equipment is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine that the first WLAN AP is not used. The resource meets the resource requirement of the user equipment, and the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment. Determining whether the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine the first WLAN AP.
  • the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports the first WLAN AP. PLMN ID.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following: a transmit power value of a WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a ratio or offset of a transmit power of the first WLAN AP to a transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to: send a broadcast control channel BCCH to the user equipment, where the BCCH carries the Generating information of the first WLAN AP generated by the unit, wherein the user equipment is in an idle state and camped on the first cellular network site, or the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site.
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to: send, to the user equipment, a second radio resource control RRC message, where The second RRC message carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit, where the user equipment is in a connected state and is connected to the first cellular network site.
  • the first cellular network site further includes a receiving unit, where the receiving unit is configured to receive the user equipment to send The third RRC message is used to learn, by using the third RRC message, that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE receives the information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network site, and the UE determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN AP, and determines to access the first WLAN AP. Accessing the first WLAN AP. Therefore, the UE does not need to go from the core
  • the ANDSF entity of the network user plane receives the information about the access network, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a cellular network scenario applicable to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another cellular network scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of the user equipment acquiring the first WLAN AP information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a flow chart of a method for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a process for implementing a method for interworking between a cellular network and a wireless local area network according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a structural block diagram of a cellular network site according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 9 is a block diagram showing the structure of an apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a block diagram showing the structure of a cellular network site according to another embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communications
  • the cellular network station may be a BTS (Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or an eNB in LTE (e-NodeB).
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB base station
  • e-NodeB evolutional Node B, evolved base station
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the type of the base station, and may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a femto base station, or a home base station.
  • the user equipment may be referred to as a terminal (MT), an MS (Mobile Station), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., and the user equipment may be via a RAN (Radio Access Network).
  • Communicating with one or more core networks for example, the user equipment may be a mobile telephone (or "cellular" telephone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example, the user equipment may also be portable, pocket, handheld Computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with a wireless access network.
  • the cellular network of the following embodiment is described by taking an eNB as an example of an LTE system and a cellular website point. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto, and may be other mobile communication systems than the LTE system.
  • the WLAN AP 102 is integrated on the small cell base station 101, wherein the small cell base station can be a home base station HeNB (Home-eNB), or a micro cell base station, a pico cell base station, a femto cell base station.
  • the small cell base station can be a home base station HeNB (Home-eNB), or a micro cell base station, a pico cell base station, a femto cell base station.
  • a WLAN AP 103 is disposed in the vicinity of the small cell base station 101.
  • the coverage area of the small cell base station 101 and the WLAN AP 103 has an overlapping area, and the network form of the cellular network and the WLAN can be realized.
  • FIG. 1 the schematic diagram of the cellular network scenario of FIG. 1 is merely a scenario for implementing the present invention to more clearly describe the embodiments of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the scope of application of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • a small cell base station 101, two WLAN APs, and one UE 104 are depicted in FIG. 1, but embodiments of the present invention may further include a greater number of base stations, or may further include A larger number of UEs, or may also contain fewer or greater numbers of WLAN APs.
  • the base station may be other types of base stations, such as a micro base station, a pico base station, or a femto base station, in addition to the above-mentioned home base station.
  • the location where the WLAN AP is placed in the vicinity of the small cell base station 101 is not limited, and the adjacent area may be on the boundary of the coverage of the small cell base station 101 as shown in FIG. 1, or may be the coverage of the small cell base station 101. Out of the coverage of the in-range or small cell base station 101, the coverage of the deployed WLAN AP and the coverage of the small cell base station 101 have overlapping areas. This embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the user plane-based ANDSF entity (server) disposed in the core network sends relevant access network (WLAN network) information, such as ANDI, ISMP, and ISRP, to the UE.
  • WLAN network relevant access network
  • these associated access network information directs the UE to open the WLAN module, discover, select, and access the WLAN network under appropriate conditions (such as location or time).
  • the UE needs to obtain the WLAN network information through the server of the core network user plane, thereby increasing the network burden, and the server of the core network user plane cannot obtain the location topology and state of the wireless network in time and accurately, resulting in increased delay and inefficiency.
  • the UE needs to turn on the WLAN module function, and continuously scans and attempts to access the discovered WLAN AP, which not only consumes system resources, but also increases the power consumption of the UE.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network, which can not only improve efficiency, but also effectively save system resources and save power consumption of the UE.
  • FIG. 2 is a flow chart of a method of implementing cellular network and wireless local area network interoperation according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method of Figure 2 is performed by the UE.
  • the UE receives information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP. It should be noted that the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the first WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or in the adjacent area of the first cellular network site. Put the first WLAN AP.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, and a WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be a BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), an SSID (Service Set Identifier), and a HESSID (Homogenous Extended Service Set Identifier).
  • the BSSID is the MAC (Media Access Control) address of the AP and is the global unique identifier of the AP.
  • the SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN, and identifies the carrier's WLAN network.
  • the OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam to the home network of the UE (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI.
  • the identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access can be pre-configured in the UE, or sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or by the operator in the SIM/USIM (Subscriber Identity Module/Universal Subscriber) Identity Module, User Identification Module / Global Subscriber Identity Module), configuration in the card, and more. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to how the UE learns the identity of the accessible WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines, according to information about the first WLAN AP, whether to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE to access the first WLAN.
  • the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
  • the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, and avoids continuous scanning and attempting, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • step 202 when the UE determines that the following at least one condition is met, the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP:
  • the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP;
  • the resource usage information of the WLAN AP determines that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE;
  • the UE determines, according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, that the capability of the UE supports the first WLAN AP.
  • the WLAN access mode; and the UE determines, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines, according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, the first cellular network site to integrate the first WLAN AP, specifically:
  • the UE may determine that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP according to the correspondence between the identifier of the first WLAN AP and the identifier of the WLAN AP integrated by the preset first cellular network site. Alternatively, the UE may determine, according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network station integrates the first WLAN AP.
  • the identifier of the accessible WLAN AP pre-configured by the UE 104 includes only the identity of the WLAN AP 102 integrated on the cellular network site small cell base station 101, and the UE 104 receives the small cell base station 101 and generates
  • the information of the WLAN AP that is sent includes the identifier of the WLAN AP 102 and the identifier of the WLAN AP 103.
  • the UE can determine to access the WLAN AP 102 according to the identifier of the pre-configured WLAN AP that can be accessed.
  • the information of the WLAN AP generated and transmitted by the small cell base station 101 includes the identifier of the WLAN AP 102 and the identifier of the WLAN AP 103, and the corresponding indication information is added to indicate whether the WLAN AP is integrated in the small cell base station 101 or indicates the WLAN.
  • the AP is turned on, as indicated by the indication information "11" indicating that the WLAN AP 102 is a WLAN AP integrated in the small cell base station 101
  • the WLAN AP 102 is turned on
  • the indication information "10" indicates that the WLAN AP 103 is not integrated in the small cell base station 101.
  • the WLAN AP, the WLAN AP 102 is turned on, and the UE is determined to access the WLAN AP 102 by indicating the information.
  • the UE preferentially determines to access the WLAN AP integrated on the cellular site.
  • the UE may also determine to access the first cellular network.
  • a WLAN AP placed in the vicinity of the site.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network.
  • the ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the UE may determine, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and determine, according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site, the location of the UE, according to the coverage of the first WLAN AP. And the location where the UE is located determines that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines Access the first WLAN AP.
  • the value (or level) of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than a certain threshold, or the ratio of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power value of the first cell site is greater than a certain ratio, or The offset value of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power value of the first cell site is less than a certain threshold.
  • the thresholds or thresholds of the decision may be set in advance on the UE or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • the UE may estimate the location where the UE is located according to the transmit power of the first cell site and the received signal strength of the first cell site, and the UE may determine, by using the transmit power information of the WLAN AP, the WLAN AP integrated at the first cell site.
  • the effective coverage (such as the UE can receive the signal strength of the WLAN AP is greater than a certain signal threshold, such as -65 dBm or more), and determine whether the location of the UE is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular site.
  • the UE may determine whether the current location of the UE is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP by using the geographic location of the WLAN AP and the transmit power information of the WLAN AP.
  • the UE may receive other WLAPAP information in addition to the information of the first WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network station, that is, the UE receives and generates the first cellular network site.
  • the information of the at least one WLAN AP, the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP.
  • the ratio of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the smallest.
  • the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
  • the UE 104 may first determine the transmit power of the small cell base station 101 according to the type of the cell site in which it is located, and estimate the UE 104 according to the measured signal strength of the downlink signal received by the small cell base station 101.
  • the location of the location of the UE 104 can be determined based on the transmission power information of the WLAN AP 102.
  • the size of the coverage of the WLAN AP 102 can be determined according to the transmit power value (eg, 500 mW) or level of the WLAN AP 102.
  • the UE 104 can The distance between the location where the UE 104 is located and the WLAN AP 102 is estimated to determine whether the location where the UE is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP 102. Similarly, the UE 104 can determine whether the location where the UE 104 is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP 103 based on the transmit power information of the WLAN AP 103 and the location information of the WLAN AP 103.
  • the UE 104 may select the WLAN AP 102 integrated on the small cell base station 101, or may select a WLAN AP with a larger transmit power value.
  • This embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP with good signal quality, thereby ensuring the communication quality of the user. And improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN AP The backhaul bandwidth information, the CPU (Central Processing Unit) processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP.
  • the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN AP The backhaul bandwidth information, the CPU (Central Processing Unit) processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, and specifically includes:
  • the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle.
  • the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
  • the UE may determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the maximum value of the used resources in the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, or the minimum value of the unused resources as a percentage of the total resources.
  • the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP account for the total
  • the maximum value of the percentage of CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold, or the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP (which may be expressed as the number of UEs connected to the AP) is less than the maximum percentage of the total connection capacity.
  • the four-threshold threshold, or the minimum value of the air interface resource that is idle by the first WLAN AP in the percentage of the total air interface resource is greater than the second ratio threshold, and the like.
  • the threshold of the decision may be preset to the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • the UE can consider the comprehensive resource usage information of the WLAN AP, that is, the multiple of the resource usage information.
  • the UE determines, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, whether the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the access network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP, thereby ensuring the quality of the user and improving the service quality of the user.
  • User experience and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE. .
  • the WLAN access mode that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • the UE determines, according to the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, that the capability of the UE supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and specifically includes:
  • the UE determines the capability of the UE to support the first WLAN according to the correspondence between the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the WLAN AP access mode (which may be pre-set or delivered by the network policy entity) stored in the UE.
  • WLAN access mode supported by the AP which may be pre-set or delivered by the network policy entity
  • WLAN access mode (that is, the way the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN (WLAN Interworking) defined by 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, non-trusted access S2b, S2c, trusted access S2a I (Rel-11) ) and S2a II (Rel-12) and so on.
  • I-WLAN WLAN Interworking
  • the way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is different. If the WLAN network of the operator supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
  • the WLAN access mode supported by the capability of the UE 104 is S2b and S2c
  • the information of the WLAN AP includes the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP 102 and the WLAN access mode of the WLAN AP 103.
  • the information (such as the indication information, the UE 104 and the small cell base station 101 may pre-arrange the correspondence between the indication information and the WLAN access mode).
  • the UE 104 determines, according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP 102, that the WLAN access modes supported by the WLAN AP 102 are S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II; According to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP 103, it is determined that the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP 103 has an I-WLAN.
  • the capabilities of the UE 104 support the WLAN access modes S2b and S2c supported by the WLAN AP 102, and the capabilities of the UE 104 do not support the WLAN access mode I-WLAN supported by the WLAN AP 103. Therefore, the UE 104 determines to access the WLAN AP 102, and can select the WLAN access mode of S2b or S2c.
  • the UE determines the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the capability of the supported access mode of the UE determines the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP obtained by the UE from the first cell site, that is, whether the WLAN network provides anNSWO (Non-Seamless WLAN Of fload) service or IFOM (IP Flow Mobility ( IP flow mobility) or MAPCON (Multiple Access PDN Connectivity), etc.
  • the UE determines whether to adopt WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or requirements of the accessed services.
  • the WLAN network provides the NSWO.
  • the service accessed by the UE does not need to ensure the continuity of the service, and the Internet can provide the service accessed by the UE, the UE can select to access the first WLAN AP and use the NSWO to access the service.
  • the WLAN network When the WLAN network supports the MAPCON, the WLAN network supports the MAPCON.
  • the UE When the service provider packet core network provides services for the UE to access, the UE may choose to access the first WLAN AP and use MAPCON to access the service; when the WLAN network supports the IFOM traffic distribution mode, and the UE accesses the service.
  • the service continuity is required, and the WLAN network and the UE support the IFOM, the UE may select to access the first WLAN AP.
  • IP flow mobility access service By way of IP flow mobility access service.
  • the UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the PLMN ID that can be supported by the capability of the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or It is sent by the network policy entity to the UE, and can also be configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card.
  • the UE determines, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, and specifically includes:
  • the UE determines, according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the UE, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the first cellular network site notifies the UE of the PLMN ID supported by the station, but the WLAN AP does not necessarily support the PLMN ID supported by the first cellular network site.
  • the information of the WLAN AP may include a PLMN ID list supported by the first cellular network site, and an indication bit is correspondingly added for each PLMN ID in the PLMN ID list to indicate which WLAN AP or the PLMN ID is also supported by the UE.
  • the first WLAN AP accessed by the UE is determined according to the indication, and the capability of the UE also supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP. In this way, after the UE accesses the first WLAN AP, it can access or roam to the PLMN.
  • the UE may receive the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site.
  • the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the first cellular network station.
  • the UE when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site, the UE may receive and read the first according to the guidance of the second cellular network site.
  • the process of guiding the UE by the specific second cellular network site may refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE may send a first RRC (Radio Resource Control) message to the second cell site, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cell network station that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • UE 304 is coupled to a second cellular network site (macro base station eNB 303 shown in Figure 3) for transmission of traffic data.
  • An interaction diagram of the UE 304 acquiring information of the first WLAN AP may be schematically shown in FIG. 4:
  • Step 401 The macro eNB 303 sends the measurement configuration of the target cell site (the home base station HeNB 301 shown in FIG. 3) to the UE 304 in the measurement configuration message (such as the RRC connection reconfiguration message), and the UE 304 performs the HeNB 301 on the HeNB 301. Measure to get a measurement report. Measurements received by the UE
  • the configuration message includes the physical cell ID of the HeNB 301 (such as PCI (physical cell identity) of LTE or PSC (Primary Scrambling Code) of UMTS).
  • Step 402 The macro base station eNB 303 instructs the UE 304 to read the system message BCCH of the HeNB 301 according to the physical cell ID of the HeNB 301.
  • Step 403 The UE reads a system message broadcast by the HeNB 301, such as a CGI (Cell Global Identifier), a TAI (Tracking Area Identifier), or a CSG ID (Closed Subscriber Group ID) in the (BCCH).
  • the information of the first WLAN AP (WLAN AP 302) is further read from the system information of the HeNB 301 of the integrated WLAN AP 302, in addition to the information required in the measurement report.
  • the measurement report of the HeNB 301 may not be reported to the macro base station eNB 303.
  • the UE when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, in step 201, the UE may receive the first cellular network site to send
  • the second RRC message carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. That is, the UE may obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the second RRC message sent by the first cellular network site.
  • the second RRC message may be a message such as an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection setup (RRC Connection Setup) or an RRC connection re-establishment. .
  • the UE may send a third RRC message to the first cellular network station, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network station that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
  • Figure 5 is a flow diagram of a method of implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method of Fig. 5 is performed by a cellular network site (e.g., an eNB of LTE or a BTS of CDMA, etc.) and corresponds to the method of Fig. 2, and thus the description overlapping with the embodiment of Fig. 2 will be omitted as appropriate.
  • a cellular network site e.g., an eNB of LTE or a BTS of CDMA, etc.
  • the first cellular network site generates information about the first WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or deploying the WLAN in the vicinity of the first cellular network site.
  • the first cellular network station sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the UE, to instruct the UE to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and obtain access to the first WLAN AP.
  • the first WLAN AP sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the UE, to instruct the UE to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and obtain access to the first WLAN AP.
  • the first cellular network station generates information of the first WLAN AP, and the first cellular network station sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the UE.
  • the UE determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP. Therefore, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
  • the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, and a first WLAN.
  • Information about the WLAN access mode supported by the AP, information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP is not limited thereto.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the location where the UE is located is located in the first WLAN AP.
  • the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine the UE.
  • the capability supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP
  • the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the UE
  • the first The PLMN ID supported by the WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP.
  • an embodiment of how the UE determines the foregoing at least one condition may refer to the foregoing, and details are not described herein again.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of a BSSID, an SSID, a HESSID, and an OUI/OI.
  • the BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the globally unique identifier of the AP. Knowledge.
  • the SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the operator's WLAN network.
  • the OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI.
  • the identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the present invention learns the identity of the WLAN AP that can be accessed by the UE is not limited.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network.
  • the ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the first cellular network station generates and sends information of the first WLAN AP to the UE, and may also generate and send information of other WLAP APs to the UE. That is, the first cellular network site generates and transmits information of at least one WLAN AP to the UE, and the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes information of the first WLAP AP. Further, when the UE is located in the coverage of the multiple WLAN APs according to the location where the WLAN AP's transmit power information is located, preferably, the UE determines that the accessed first WLAN AP is the largest transmit power value among the multiple WLAN APs; Alternatively, the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs.
  • the ratio of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the smallest.
  • the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE includes the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is located in the WLAN. Within the coverage of the AP, access the WLAN AP with better signal quality to ensure the communication quality of the user and improve access to the WLAN AP. Success rate, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving UE power consumption. .
  • the information of the first WLAN AP may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN AP The backhaul bandwidth information, the CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the method includes: the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth of the AP idle to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
  • a WLAN AP avoids continuous scanning and attempted access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving UE power consumption.
  • the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN (that is, the manner in which the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II.
  • I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP
  • I-WLAN mobility I-WLAN mobility
  • S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is also different. If the WLAN network of the carrier supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first eNB to the UE includes the WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines the WLAN access mode according to the information supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access mode supported by the accessed first WLAN AP, Therefore, the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP obtained by the UE from the first cell site, that is, whether the WLAN network provides the NSWO service or IFOM or MAPCON, and the like. Further, the UE determines whether to use the WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or the requirements of the services accessed.
  • the UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the first cellular network station may send a BCCH to the UE, where the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. .
  • the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site.
  • the UE is in an idle state and camps on the first cellular network site, or the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site.
  • the first cellular network station may send a second RRC message to the UE, where the second RRC message carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the UE In the connected state and connected to the first cellular network site. That is to say, the UE can obtain the information of the WLAN AP by reading the second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station.
  • the second RRC message may be a message such as an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection establishment or an RRC connection reestablishment. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first cellular network station learns that the UE can access the first WLAN AP by using the third RRC message sent by the UE.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart of a process of implementing a method for interworking between a cellular network and a wireless local area network according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Step 601 Trigger the UE to access the WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the WLAN AP, including integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or at the first cellular network site
  • the WLAN AP is placed in the vicinity of the area.
  • the UE has data to be transmitted, and triggers the UE in the idle state to broadcast from the first cellular network site.
  • the system message BCCH reads the information of the WLAN AP.
  • the UE in the connected state and connected to the other cellular network site switches to the first cellular network site or the UE initiates a new service, triggering the system in which the connected UE broadcasts from the first cellular network site
  • the message BCCH reads the information of the WLAN AP.
  • the UE in the connected state and connected to the first cellular network station performs data transmission (such as initiating a new service), and triggers the UE in the connected state to read the WLAN from the second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station.
  • the second RRC message may be a message such as an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection establishment or an RRC connection reestablishment. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Step 602 The UE determines, according to the identifier of the WLAN AP, whether to access the WLAN AP.
  • the identifier of the WLAN AP may be one or more of a BSSID, an SSID, a HESSID, and an OUI/OI.
  • the BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the globally unique identifier of the AP.
  • the SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the carrier's WLAN network.
  • the OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI.
  • the identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the UE learns the identity of the accessible WLAN AP is not limited.
  • the UE may determine, according to the correspondence between the identifier of the WLAN AP in the information of the received WLAN AP and the identifier of the WLAN AP that is pre-configured in the UE, the UE determines whether the WLAN AP is reachable by the UE. Incoming WLAN AP.
  • the UE performs step 609, and does not open the WLAN module of the UE. If the WLAN AP is a WLAN AP that the UE can access, the UE optionally performs step 603.
  • Step 603 The UE determines whether the WLAN AP is a WLAN integrated by the first cellular network base station.
  • the identifier of the accessible WLAN AP is only included in the first bee.
  • the accessible WLAN AP determined by the UE in step 602 also belongs to the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular network base station.
  • the UE may determine, according to the indication information of the identifier of the WLAN AP in the WLAN AP information, whether it is a WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular network base station. For specific examples, reference may be made to the above, and details are not described herein again.
  • step 609 determines not to access the WLAN AP; if the UE determines the WLAN corresponding to the identifier of the WLAN AP
  • the AP is a WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular network base station.
  • step 604 is performed.
  • Step 604 The UE determines whether the PLMN can be accessed or roamed through the WLAN AP.
  • the UE may determine a PLMN ID supported by the capability of the UE, and the UE further receives an indication of the PLMN ID sent by the first cellular network base station, and determines, according to the indication, whether the WLAN AP supports the PLMN ID.
  • the UE determines that the PLMN can be accessed or roamed through the WLAN AP.
  • the PLMN ID that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE, or may be configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card.
  • step 609 determines not to access the WLAN AP; if the UE determines that the PLMN can be accessed or roamed through the WLAN AP, optionally, step 606 is performed.
  • Step 606 The UE determines whether the capability of the UE supports the access mode supported by the WLAN AP.
  • the WLAN access mode such as I-WLAN defined by 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a l, and S2a II.
  • the UE can determine whether the capability of the UE supports the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP according to the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP in the WLAN AP information.
  • the WLAN access mode that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • step 609 determines not to access the WLAN AP. If the UE determines that the capability of the UE supports at least one access mode supported by the WLAN AP, step 606 is optionally performed. In addition, the UE may further determine whether to adopt the WLAN AP offload according to the information of the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP in the WLAN AP information, and the capability of the UE and the requirements of the accessed service. . If the UE determines that the WLAN AP is unable to provide the offloading service, the UE performs step 609; if the UE determines that the WLAN AP can provide the offloading service, optionally, the UE Step 606 is performed.
  • step 606 can be directly performed without performing steps 601-606.
  • Step 606 The UE determines whether the location where the UE is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP.
  • the UE may estimate the location where the UE is located according to the transmit power of the first cell site and the received signal strength of the first cell site, and determine, by using transmit power information of the WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is at the WLAN AP. Within the effective coverage.
  • the UE determines that the transmit power value (or level) of the WLAN AP is greater than a certain threshold, or the ratio of the transmit power value of the WLAN AP to the transmit power value of the first cell site is greater than a certain ratio, or When the value of the offset value of the transmit power value of the WLAN AP and the transmit power value of the first cell site is less than a certain threshold, the UE determines that the location where the UE is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP.
  • the thresholds or thresholds may be pre-set on the UE or sent to the UE by the network policy entity.
  • the UE determines whether the location of the UE is located in the effective coverage of the WLAN AP as a decision condition for accessing the WLAN AP, and can accurately select a WLAN AP with a good access signal quality, thereby ensuring the communication quality of the user. Improve the success rate of accessing WLAN APs.
  • step 609 determines not to access the WLAN AP. If the UE determines that the location where the UE is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP, step 607 is optionally performed.
  • Step 607 The UE determines whether the resource usage of the WLAN AP meets the condition.
  • the resource usage information of the WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: the air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the WLAN AP, the CPU processing resource information of the WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the UE determines that the maximum value of the CPU processing resources used by the WLAN AP in the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold, and the connected capacity of the WLAN AP accounts for the largest percentage of the total connection capacity.
  • the value is less than the fourth ratio threshold, or the minimum value of the air interface resource that is idle in the WLAN AP is greater than the second ratio threshold, or the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth of the WLAN AP that is idle is greater than the total backhaul bandwidth.
  • the threshold the UE determines that the unused resources of the WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, that is, the WLAN AP.
  • the resource usage meets the conditions. It should be understood that the UE may determine whether the resource usage of the WLAN AP satisfies the condition by considering one or more of the resource usage information of the WLAN AP, which is not limited by the implementation of the present invention.
  • step 609 determines not to access the WLAN AP. If the resource usage of the WLAN AP meets the condition, step 608 is optionally performed.
  • steps 602 to 607 in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited, and steps 602 to 607 do not limit each step to be performed. Alternatively, one or more of steps 602 to 607 may be selected.
  • Step 608 The UE determines to access the WLAN AP.
  • Step 610 The UE switches the data service to the WLAN AP, or the WLAN AP and the first cellular network site provide a shunt service for the UE.
  • the WLAN module before the WLAN UE accesses the AP, the WLAN module and open the UE to access the WLAN AP 0
  • the UE may send a third RRC message to the first cellular network site, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network station that the UE can access WLAN AP.
  • the UE may send the first RRC to the second cellular site, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network station that the UE can access WLAN AP.
  • Step 609 The UE determines not to access the WLAN AP.
  • the UE does not need to receive information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, and directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, thereby reducing delay and improving efficiency.
  • the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE 600 includes a receiving unit 701, a determining unit 702, and an access unit 703.
  • the receiving unit 701 is configured to: information about the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network site.
  • the determining unit 702 is configured to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP received by the receiving unit 701.
  • the access unit 703 is configured to access the first WLAN AP if the determining unit 702 determines to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the first WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or in the adjacent area of the first cellular network site. Put the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the first WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
  • the UE 700 can implement operations related to the UE in the embodiments of FIG. 1 to FIG. 6, and therefore, in order to avoid repetition, details are not described in detail.
  • the UE may further include an opening unit 704, and the opening unit 704 is configured to open a WLAN module of the UE.
  • the opening unit 704 opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP if the determining unit 702 determines to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting to connect. In, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving the power consumption of the UE.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiving unit 701 may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and a resource of the first WLAN AP.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of a BSSID, an SSID, a HESSID, and an OUI/OI.
  • the BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the global unique identifier of the AP.
  • the SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN, and identifies the operator's WLAN network.
  • the OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI.
  • the identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the present invention learns the identity of the WLAN AP that can be accessed by the UE is not limited.
  • the UE determines the first by the identifier of the first WLAN AP.
  • a WLAN AP is a WLAN AP that the UE can access.
  • the determining unit 702 determines that the following at least one condition is met, determining to access the first WLAN
  • the determining unit 702 determines that the first cellular network station integrates the first WLAN AP according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP; the determining unit 702 determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP; The determining unit 702 determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP; the determining unit 702 determines that the capability of the UE supports the first according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the PLMN ID supported by the AP determines that the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: determine, according to a correspondence between the identifier of the first WLAN AP and the identifier of the WLAN AP integrated by the preset first cellular network site, that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE may determine, according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network station integrates the first WLAN AP.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network. The ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site. and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: determine, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and determine, according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site, the location of the UE, according to the first WLAN AP The coverage and the location where the UE is located determine that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the determining unit 702 determines to access the first WLAN AP. Further, the value (or level) of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than a certain threshold, or the ratio of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power value of the first cell site is greater than a certain ratio, or The transmit power value of the first WLAN AP and the first bee The offset value of the transmit power value of the nest site is less than a certain threshold.
  • the thresholds or thresholds of the decision may be set in advance on the UE or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • the determining unit 702 may estimate the location where the UE is located according to the transmit power of the first cell site and the received signal strength of the first cell site, and the determining unit 702 may determine, by using the transmit power information of the WLAN AP, the first cell site integration.
  • the effective coverage of the WLAN AP for example, the UE can receive the signal strength of the WLAN AP greater than a certain signal threshold, such as -65 dBm or more), and determine whether the location of the UE is at the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular site. Within the effective coverage.
  • the determining unit 702 can determine whether the current location of the UE is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP by using the geographic location of the WLAN AP and the transmit power information of the WLAN AP.
  • the receiving unit 701 is configured to receive information of other WLAP APs, in addition to receiving information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station, that is, the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: receive The information of the at least one WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, where the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP.
  • the determining unit 702 determines that the first WLAN AP that is accessed is the highest transmit power value of the plurality of WLAN APs; or the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs.
  • the determining unit 702 determines that the ratio of the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, at first
  • the determining unit 702 determines that the offset value of the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit of multiple WLAN APs. The smallest of the offset values of the power and the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the determining unit 702 determines that the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site are offset. The offset between the transmit power of the WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
  • the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP with good signal quality, thereby ensuring the communication quality of the user. And improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and Save UE's power consumption.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiving unit 701 may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE when the at least one condition is met, specifically:
  • the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle.
  • the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
  • the determining unit 702 may be configured to: determine whether to access the first according to a maximum value of the used resources in the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, or a minimum value of the unused resources as a percentage of the total resources.
  • WLAN AP For example, the maximum value of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP as a percentage of the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold, or the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP (may be represented as a UE connected to the AP) The maximum value of the percentage of the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold, or the minimum value of the air interface resource that is idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resource is greater than the second ratio threshold, and so on.
  • the threshold of the decision may be preset to the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • the determining unit 702 can consider the comprehensive resource usage information of the WLAN AP, that is, the plurality of resource usage information.
  • the UE determines, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, whether the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the access network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP, thereby ensuring the quality of the user and improving the service quality of the user.
  • User experience and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE. .
  • the WLAN access mode supported by the capability of the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent to the UE by the network policy entity.
  • the determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: according to the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the WLAN AP access mode stored in the UE ( The capability of the UE is supported by the first WLAN AP to support the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • WLAN access mode (that is, the way the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN (WLAN Interworking) defined by 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, non-trusted access S2b, S2c, trusted access S2a l (Rel-11) ) and S2a II (Rel-12) and so on.
  • I-WLAN WLAN Interworking
  • the way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is different. If the WLAN network of the operator supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access supported by the accessed first WLAN AP.
  • the method further improves the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
  • the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP obtained by the receiving unit 701 from the first cell site specifically includes: whether the WLAN network provides information such as a NSWO service or an IFOM or a MAPCON.
  • the determining unit 702 can also be configured to determine whether to use the WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or the requirements of the accessed services.
  • the UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the PLMN ID that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE, or may be configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card.
  • the determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: determine, according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the UE, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the receiving unit 701 may be specifically configured to: receive the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site,
  • the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site.
  • the receiving unit 701 when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site, the receiving unit 701 may be specifically configured to: receive and read the first cellular network site according to the instruction of the second cellular network site.
  • the transmitted BCCH, the BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the process of guiding the UE by the specific second cellular network site may refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE may further include a first sending unit 705, configured to: send, by the second cell site, a first RRC message, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network station that the UE can access the first A WLAN AP.
  • the receiving unit 701 may be specifically configured to: when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, receive a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, and the second RRC message Carrying information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the UE may further include a second sending unit 706, where the second sending unit 706 is configured to: send a third RRC message to the first cellular network station, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cell.
  • the network site UE can access the first WLAN AP.
  • FIG. 8 is a structural block diagram of a first cellular network site according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first cellular network site 800 includes a generating unit 801 and a transmitting unit 802.
  • the generating unit 801 is configured to generate information of the first WLAN AP of the WLAN access point.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or deploying the WLAN in the vicinity of the first cellular network site.
  • the situation of the AP is not limited to integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or deploying the WLAN in the vicinity of the first cellular network site.
  • the sending unit 802 is configured to send, to the UE, information about the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit, to instruct the UE to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN AP, and determine to access the first WLAN AP, Enter the first WLAN AP.
  • the first cellular network station generates information of the first WLAN AP, and the first cellular network station sends information of the first WLAN AP to the UE.
  • the UE determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and determines to access the first WLAN AP. Next, access the first WLAN AP. Therefore, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
  • the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
  • the first cellular network site 800 may implement the operations of the first cellular network site in the embodiment of Figures 1 through 6, and thus will not be described in detail to avoid redundancy.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit 802 may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and a resource usage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the location where the UE is located is located in the first WLAN AP.
  • the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine the UE.
  • the capability supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP
  • the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the UE
  • the first The PLMN ID supported by the WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines a first access particular WLAN AP 0, UE how to determine at least one condition of the above-described embodiments with reference to the above-described embodiments may be not be repeated herein.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of a BSSID, an SSID, a HESSID, and an OUI/OI.
  • the BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the global unique identifier of the AP.
  • the SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the operator's WLAN network.
  • the OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI.
  • the identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access can be pre-configured in the UE, or
  • the network-side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF) is sent to the UE, or is configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the present invention learns the identity of the WLAN AP that can be accessed by the UE is not limited.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network.
  • the ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the sending unit 802 sends the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit 801 to the UE, and may further send information about other WLAPAPs generated by the generating unit 801. That is, the sending unit 802 sends the information of the at least one WLAN AP generated by the generating unit 801 to the UE, and the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP.
  • the UE determines that the accessed first WLAN AP is the highest transmit power value among the multiple WLAN APs; Alternatively, the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs. Alternatively, the ratio of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the smallest.
  • the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE includes the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is located in the WLAN.
  • accessing the WLAN AP with better signal quality ensures the communication quality of the user and improves the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE when determining to access the first WLAN AP. Accessing the first WLAN AP avoids continuous scanning and attempted access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit 802 is used.
  • the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP may be included, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: the air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, and the first WLAN AP.
  • the CPU processes the resource information and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the UE receives the information of the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit 802, and includes the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. When the UE meets the following at least one condition, the UE determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, specifically including :
  • the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle.
  • the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
  • a WLAN AP avoids continuous scanning and attempted access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving UE power consumption.
  • the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN (that is, the manner in which the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II.
  • I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP
  • I-WLAN mobility I-WLAN mobility
  • S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is also different. If the WLAN network of the carrier supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first eNB to the UE includes the WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines the WLAN access mode according to the information supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • a WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access mode supported by the accessed first WLAN AP, thereby improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE is determined to access the first WLAN.
  • the AP opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE.
  • the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP specifically includes whether the WLAN network provides an NSWO service, an IFOM, or a MAPCON. Further, the UE determines whether to adopt the WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or requirements of the accessed services.
  • the UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the sending unit 802 may be specifically configured to: send a broadcast control channel BCCH to the UE, where the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the transmitting unit 802.
  • the UE is in an idle state and camps on the first cellular network site, or the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site.
  • the sending unit 802 may be specifically configured to: send a second RRC message to the UE, where the second RRC message carries information of the WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the UE is in a connected state and connected Go to the first cellular network site. That is, the UE may acquire the information of the WLAN AP by reading the second RRC message sent by the sending unit 802.
  • the second RRC message may be a message such as an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection establishment or an RRC connection reestablishment. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first cellular network site may further include a receiving unit 803, where the receiving unit 803 is configured to receive a third RRC message sent by the UE, and learn, by using the third RRC message, that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
  • Example. 9 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention.
  • apparatus 900 includes a processor 901, a memory 902, a transmitter 903, and a receiver 904.
  • the processor 901 controls the operation of the device 900, which may also be referred to as a CPU (Central Processing Unit).
  • Memory 902 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 901.
  • a portion of the memory 902 may also include non-volatile line random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile line random access memory
  • the processor 901, the memory 902, the transmitter 903 and the receiver 904 are coupled together by a bus system 910, wherein the bus system 910 includes, in addition to the data bus, Includes power bus, control bus, and status signal bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 910 in the figure.
  • the above-described device 900 can be applied to the method disclosed in the above embodiments of the present invention.
  • the processor 901 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 901 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the processor 901 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), etc.; or a digital signal processing (DSP), dedicated Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component.
  • the methods, steps, and logic blocks disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • FIG. 10 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE 1000 includes a receiver 1001 and a processor 1002.
  • the receiver 1001 is configured to generate information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network site.
  • the processor 1002 is configured to determine, according to information about the first WLAN AP received by the receiver 1001, whether to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the processor 1002 is further configured to access the first WLAN AP if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the first WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or in the adjacent area of the first cellular network site. Put the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the first WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
  • the UE 1000 can implement the operations related to the UE in the embodiments of Figs. 1 to 6, and therefore will not be described in detail in order to avoid redundancy.
  • the processor 1002 is further configured to enable the WLAN of the UE. Module.
  • the processor 1002 opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP, if the access to the first WLAN AP is determined according to the information of the received WLAN AP, to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access. Effectively save system resources and save power consumption of the UE.
  • the received information of the first WLAN AP received by the receiver 1001 may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and a first WLAN AP.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of BSSID, SSID, HESSID and OUI/OI.
  • the BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the global unique identifier of the AP.
  • the SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the carrier's WLAN network.
  • the OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI.
  • the identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the UE learns the identity of the accessible WLAN AP is not limited.
  • the UE determines, by using the identifier of the first WLAN AP, that the first WLAN AP is a WLAN AP that the UE can access.
  • the processor 1002 determines that the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP; the processor 1002 determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP; The processor 1002 determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. The processor 1002 determines, according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, that the UE supports the first capability.
  • the PLMN ID supported by the AP determines that the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the processor 1002 is specifically configured to: determine, according to a correspondence between an identifier of the first WLAN AP and an identifier of the WLAN AP integrated with the preset first cellular network site, The first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE may determine, according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network station integrates the first WLAN AP.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network. The ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site. and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the processor 1002 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and determine, according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site, the location of the UE, according to the first WLAN AP The coverage and the location where the UE is located determine that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the processor 1002 determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location of the UE is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, the processor 1002 determines to access the first WLAN AP. Further, the value (or level) of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than a certain threshold, or the ratio of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power value of the first cell site is greater than a certain ratio, or The offset value of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power value of the first cell site is less than a certain threshold. These thresholds or thresholds may be pre-set on the UE or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • the processor 1002 may estimate the location where the UE is located according to the transmit power of the first cell site and the received signal strength of the first cell site, and the processor 1002 may determine, by using the transmit power information of the WLAN AP, the first cell site integration.
  • the effective coverage of the WLAN AP for example, the UE can receive the signal strength of the WLAN AP greater than a certain signal threshold, such as -65 dBm or more), and determine whether the location of the UE is at the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular site. Within the effective coverage.
  • the processor 1002 can determine whether the current location of the UE is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP by using the geographic location of the WLAN AP and the transmit power information of the WLAN AP.
  • the receiver 1001 can be used to receive information of other WLAP APs, in addition to receiving information of the first WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network station, that is, the receiver 1001 is specifically configured to: receive The information of the at least one WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, where the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP.
  • the processor 1002 determines that the accessed first WLAN AP is in multiple WLAN APs.
  • the transmit power value is the largest; or, the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs.
  • the processor 1002 determines that the ratio of the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, at first
  • the processor 1002 determines that the offset value of the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmission of multiple WLAN APs. The smallest of the offset values of the power and the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the processor 1002 determines that the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site are offset. The offset between the transmit power of the WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
  • the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP with good signal quality, thereby ensuring the communication quality of the user. And improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiver 1001 may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the processor 1002 is specifically configured to: determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, when the following at least one condition is met, specifically:
  • the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle.
  • the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
  • the processor 1002 may be configured to: use, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the maximum value of the used resources as a percentage of the total resources or the percentage of the unused resources as a percentage of the total resources.
  • a small value is used to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the maximum value of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP as a percentage of the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold, or the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP (may be represented as a UE connected to the AP)
  • the maximum value of the percentage of the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold, or the minimum value of the air interface resource that is idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resource is greater than the second ratio threshold, and so on.
  • the threshold of the decision may be preset to the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • the processor 1002 can consider the comprehensive resource usage information of the WLAN AP, that is, the plurality of resource usage information.
  • the UE determines, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, whether the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the access network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP, thereby ensuring the quality of the user and improving the service quality of the user.
  • User experience and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE. .
  • the WLAN access mode that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
  • the processor 1002 may be specifically configured to: determine, according to a correspondence between a WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and a WLAN AP access mode (which may be pre-set or sent by the network policy entity) The capability of the UE supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • WLAN access mode (that is, the way the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN (WLAN Interworking) defined by 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, non-trusted access S2b, S2c, trusted access S2a I (Rel-11) ) and S2a II (Rel-12) and so on.
  • I-WLAN WLAN Interworking
  • the way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is different. If the WLAN network of the operator supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access supported by the accessed first WLAN AP.
  • the method further improves the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
  • the first WLAN AP supported by the receiver 1001 is offloaded by the first WLAN AP.
  • the information of the mode includes: Whether the WLAN network provides the NSWO service or information such as IFOM or MAPCON.
  • the processor 1002 may be further configured to determine whether to adopt WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or requirements of the accessed services.
  • the UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
  • the PLMN ID that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE, or may be configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card.
  • the processor 1002 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the UE, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the receiver 1001 may be specifically configured to: receive a BCCH sent by the first cellular network station, where the BCCH carries the first cellular network.
  • the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the first cellular network station.
  • the receiver 1001 when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site, the receiver 1001 may be specifically configured to: receive and read the first cellular network site according to the instruction of the second cellular network site.
  • the transmitted BCCH, the BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the process of guiding the UE by the specific second cellular network site may refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE may further include a transmitter 1003, configured to: send, by the second cell site, a first RRC message, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network station that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
  • the receiver 1001 may be specifically configured to: when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, receive a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, and the second RRC message Carrying information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the transmitter 1003 is further configured to: to the first cellular network The network station sends a third RRC message, and the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network station that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
  • FIG 11 is a block diagram showing the structure of a first cellular network site in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first cellular network site 1100 includes a processor 1101 and a transmitter 1102.
  • the processor 1101 is configured to generate information of the first WLAN AP of the WLAN access point.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or deploying the WLAN in the vicinity of the first cellular network site.
  • the situation of the AP is not limited to integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or deploying the WLAN in the vicinity of the first cellular network site.
  • the transmitter 1102 is configured to send information about the first WLAN AP generated by the processor 1101 to the UE, to instruct the UE to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN AP, where it is determined to access the first WLAN AP, Access the first WLAN AP.
  • the first cellular network station generates information of the first WLAN AP, and the first cellular network station sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the UE.
  • the UE determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP. Therefore, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
  • the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
  • the first cellular network site 1100 can implement the operations of the first cellular network site in the embodiments of Figures 1 through 6, and thus will not be described in detail to avoid redundancy.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP sent by the transmitter 1102 may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and a resource usage of the first WLAN AP.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine the UE. Whether the location of the first WLAN AP is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, and the WLAN access supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • the information of the mode is used by the UE to determine whether the capability of the UE supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is satisfied.
  • the requirement of the service accessed by the UE, and the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP are used by the UE to determine whether the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN
  • the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP.
  • the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP.
  • an embodiment of how the UE determines the foregoing at least one condition may refer to the foregoing, and details are not described herein again.
  • the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of BSSID, SSID, HESSID, and OUI/OI.
  • the BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the globally unique identifier of the AP.
  • the SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the carrier's WLAN network.
  • the OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI.
  • the identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the UE learns the identity of the accessible WLAN AP is not limited.
  • the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network.
  • the ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the transmitter 1102 may send information about the first WLAN AP generated by the processor 1101 to the UE, and may also send information about other WLAPAPs generated by the processor 1101. That is, the transmitter 1102 sends the information of the at least one WLAN AP generated by the processor 1101 to the UE, and the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP.
  • the UE determines that the accessed first WLAN AP is the largest transmit power value among the multiple WLAN APs; Alternatively, the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs. Or, the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first bee The ratio of the transmit power of the nest network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
  • the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the smallest.
  • the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs.
  • the offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE includes the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is located in the WLAN.
  • accessing the WLAN AP with better signal quality ensures the communication quality of the user and improves the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE when determining to access the first WLAN AP. Accessing the first WLAN AP avoids continuous scanning and attempted access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE.
  • the information about the first WLAN AP sent by the transmitter 1102 may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the UE receives the information of the first WLAN AP sent by the transmitter 1102, and includes the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. When the UE meets the following at least one condition, the UE determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, specifically including :
  • the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle.
  • the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
  • the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN (that is, the manner in which the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II.
  • I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP
  • I-WLAN mobility I-WLAN mobility
  • S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is also different. If the WLAN network of the carrier supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
  • the WLAN network may also provide NSWO services or concurrent offload services (such as IFOM or MAPCON).
  • the UE determines, according to its own capability and the form of the access service, whether to use the first cellular network site to perform concurrent offloading with the WLAN AP. When the UE determines that the first cellular network site and the WLAN AP are used for concurrent offloading, the UE determines the access.
  • the first WLAN AP can also provide concurrent offload services.
  • the information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first eNB to the UE includes the WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines the WLAN access mode according to the information supported by the first WLAN AP.
  • a WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access mode supported by the accessed first WLAN AP, thereby improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE is determined to access the first WLAN.
  • the AP opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE.
  • the transmitter 1102 may be specifically configured to: send a broadcast control channel BCCH to the UE, where the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
  • the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH transmitted by the transmitter 1102.
  • the UE is in an idle state and resides at the first cellular network site, or the UE is in a connected state and is connected to the second cellular network site.
  • the transmitter 1102 may be specifically configured to: send a second RRC message to the UE, where the second RRC message carries information of the WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the UE is in a connected state and connected Go to the first cellular network site. That is, the UE may obtain the information of the WLAN AP by reading the second RRC message sent by the transmitter 11002.
  • the second RRC message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection setup or an RRC connection. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
  • the first cellular network site may further include a receiver 1103, where the receiver 1103 is configured to receive a third RRC message sent by the UE, and learn, by using the third RRC message, that the UE can access the first WLAN AP. .
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential to the prior art or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a number of instructions to make a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, Or a network device or the like) performing all or part of the steps of the method of the various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a method and device for achieving interoperation between a cellular network and a wireless local area network. The method comprises: a user equipment receiving information about a first wireless local area network access point (WLAN AP) which is generated and sent by a first cellular network station; the user equipment determining whether to access the first WLAN AP or not according to the information about the first WLAN AP; and the user equipment accessing the first WLAN AP in the case of deciding to access the first WLAN AP. By means of the above-mentioned solution, a UE need not receive relevant information about an access network from an ANDSF entity over a user plane of a core network, but directly receives information about a WLAN AP which is generated and sent by a first cellular network station, thereby reducing the time delay and improving the efficiency.

Description

实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网络互操作的方法和设备 技术领域  Method and device for realizing cellular network and wireless local area network interoperability
本发明实施例涉及通信技术领域, 并且更具体地, 涉及一种实现蜂窝网 络和无线局域网互操作的方法和设备。 背景技术  Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communication technologies, and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network. Background technique
由于目前绝大多数的 UE ( User Equipment, 用户设备 ) 能支持 WLAN ( Wireless Local Area Networks, 无线局域网络), 因此, 运营商在部署蜂窝 网络基站(包括宏基站、 微基站、 家庭基站 femto cell或微微基站 pico cell 等) 的同时, 在基站上集成 WLAN AP ( Access Point, 接入点); 或者, 在 蜂窝网络基站的邻近区域内布放 WLAN AP,使得蜂窝网络基站和 WLAN AP 的覆盖范围内具有重叠区域, 实现蜂窝网络和 WLAN互通的网络形态。 这 样, 能够降低运营成本, 增加移动网络的吞吐量。 但是, 驻留在蜂窝网络的 UE对 WLAN AP的有效发现和选择是亟待解决的问题。  Since most of the current UEs (User Equipments) can support WLANs (Wireless Local Area Networks), operators deploy cellular network base stations (including macro base stations, micro base stations, home base stations, femto cells or A pico cell (pico cell, etc.) is integrated with a WLAN AP (Access Point) on the base station; or, a WLAN AP is placed in a vicinity of the cellular network base station, so that the coverage of the cellular network base station and the WLAN AP is It has overlapping areas and realizes the network form of cellular network and WLAN interworking. In this way, operating costs can be reduced and the throughput of mobile networks can be increased. However, the effective discovery and selection of WLAN APs by UEs residing in a cellular network is an urgent problem to be solved.
3GPP ( The 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 第三代合作伙伴计划) 引 入 ANDSF ( Access Network Discovery and Selection Function, 接入网给发现 和选择功能 )机制, 由布置于核心网的基于用户面的 ANDSF实体(服务器 ) 给 UE( User Equipment,用户设备)下发相关的接入网信息,如 ANDI( Access Network Discovery Information, 接入网给发现信息)、 ISMP ( Inter-System Mobility Policy,跨系统移动性策略 )以及 ISRP ( Inter-System Routing Policy, 跨系统路由策略)等。 这些相关的接入网信息指导 UE在合适的条件(如位 置或时间等) 下, 打开 WLAN模块, 发现、 选择和接入 WLAN网络。 3GPP (The 3 rd Generation Partnership Project , Third Generation Partnership Project) introduced ANDSF (Access Network Discovery and Selection Function , to access network discovery and selection function) mechanism, based on the user plane entity ANDSF arranged by the core network ( The server sends the relevant access network information to the UE (User Equipment), such as ANDI (Access Network Discovery Information) and ISMP (Inter-System Mobility Policy). And ISRP (Inter-System Routing Policy). These associated access network information directs the UE to open the WLAN module, discover, select, and access the WLAN network under appropriate conditions (such as location or time, etc.).
但是, UE需要通过核心网用户面的服务器获取接入网信息, 从而增加 位置拓朴和状态, 导致时延增加, 效率低下。 发明内容  However, the UE needs to obtain access network information through the server of the core network user plane, thereby increasing the location topology and status, resulting in increased delay and inefficiency. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法和设 备, 能够提高效率。  Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for implementing interoperation between a cellular network and a wireless local area network, which can improve efficiency.
第一方面, 提供了一种实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法, 该方 法包括: 用户设备接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一无线局域网接入 点 WLAN AP的信息; 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的信息确定是 否接入所述第一 WLAN AP; 所述用户设备在确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP 的情况下, 接入所述第一 WLAN AP。 In a first aspect, a method for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network is provided, the method The method includes: the user equipment receives the information of the first WLAN access point WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station; and the user equipment determines, according to the information of the first WLAN AP, whether to access the first WLAN AP The user equipment accesses the first WLAN AP if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP.
结合第一方面, 在另一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述接入所述第一 WLAN AP之前,所述方法还包括:所述用户设备打开所述用户设备的 WLAN 模块。  In conjunction with the first aspect, in another possible implementation, before the accessing the first WLAN AP, the method further includes: the user equipment opening a WLAN module of the user equipment.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中,所述第一 WLAN AP的信息包括至少下列信息之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的标识、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的 资源使用信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息、 所述 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息和所述第一 WLAN AP支持的公共陆 地移动网络标识 PLMN ID;  With reference to the first aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following information: an identifier, a location of the first WLAN AP The information about the transmit power of the first WLAN AP, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information and the manner of the split mode supported by the first WLAN AP a public land mobile network identifier PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息确定是否接入所述第一 WLAN AP, 包括: 当所述用户设备确定满足下列至少一个条件时, 所述用 户设备确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP:所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的标识确定所述第一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP; 所述用户设备 根据所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定所述用户设备所处的位置位于 所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内; 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的 资源需求; 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式 的信息确定所述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN 接入方式; 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息确 定所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足所述用户设备访问的业务的 要求; 以及所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定所 述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  Determining whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, the method includes: when the user equipment determines that the following at least one condition is met, the user equipment determines to access the first WLAN AP: the user equipment determines, according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP; and the user equipment determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, The user equipment is located in the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and the user equipment determines, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the user equipment. The user equipment determines, according to the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the user equipment to support the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP; The information about the traffic distribution mode supported by the first WLAN AP determines whether the traffic distribution mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the user equipment; And determining, by the user equipment, that the capability of the user equipment supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的标识确定所述第一蜂窝网络 站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP,包括:所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的标识与存储的所述第一蜂窝网络站点集成的 WLAN AP的标识之间的对应 关系, 确定所述第一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP; 或者所述用户 设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的信息中的所述第一 WLAN标识的指示信息 确定所述第一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP。 With reference to the first aspect, and any one of the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the user equipment determines, according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, the first cellular network site integration. a WLAN AP, comprising: determining, by the user equipment, the first cellular network site integration according to a correspondence between an identifier of the first WLAN AP and an identifier of a WLAN AP that is integrated by the stored first cellular network site The first WLAN AP; or the user The device determines, according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定所述用户 设备所处的位置位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 包括: 所述用户设 备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖 范围,根据所述用户设备接收所述第一蜂窝站点的信号测量值确定所述用户 设备所处的位置,根据所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围和所述用户设备所处 的位置确定所述用户设备所处的位置位于所述第一 WLAN AP 的覆盖范围 内。  With the implementation of any one of the foregoing aspects and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the user equipment determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the user equipment is located is located. The coverage of the first WLAN AP includes: determining, by the user equipment, the coverage of the first WLAN AP according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and receiving, by the user equipment, the first The signal measurement value of the site determines the location where the user equipment is located, and determines that the location where the user equipment is located is located in the first WLAN AP according to the coverage of the first WLAN AP and the location of the user equipment. Within the coverage.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、 以及所述 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏 移值。  With reference to the first aspect, and any one of the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: a transmit power of the first WLAN AP a value, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a ratio or offset of a transmit power of the first WLAN AP to a transmit power of the first cellular network site.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述用户设备接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一无线局域网接 入点 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 所述用户设备接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并 发送的多个 WLAN AP的信息, 所述多个 WLAN AP的信息包括所述第一 WLAN AN的信息;  With reference to the first aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the user equipment receives information about a first WLAN access point WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network site. The user equipment receives information of multiple WLAN APs generated and sent by the first cellular network site, and the information of the multiple WLAN APs includes information of the first WLAN AN;
所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率值 中的最大值, 或者所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率等级中等级最大的; 或者所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与 所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率 与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值中最大的; 或者当所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率小于所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是所述 多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中 最小的; 或者当所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于所述第一蜂窝网络站点 的发射功率时, 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的 发射功率的偏移值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站 点的发射功率的偏移值中最大的。 The transmit power value of the first WLAN AP is the maximum value of the transmit power values of the multiple WLAN APs, or the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the middle of the transmit power levels of the multiple WLAN APs. Or the ratio of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is a ratio of a transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to a transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or the offset of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is less than the transmit power of the first cellular network site The value is the smallest of the offset values of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site; or when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the first cellular network site Transmit power, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs and the first cellular network station The offset of the transmit power of the point is the largest.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 所述第 一 WLAN AP的中央处理单元 CPU处理资源信息、 以及所述第一的连接容 量信息;  With reference to the first aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: an air interface resource of the first WLAN AP The information, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求, 包括: 当所述用户 设备确定满足下列至少一个条件时, 所述用户设备确定所述第一 WLAN AP 的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求: 所述第一 WLAN AP 已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比小于第一比例阈值; 所述第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大于第二比例阈值; 所述 第一 WLAN AP 空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比大于第三比例阈 值; 以及所述第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的百分比小于 第四比例阈值。  Determining, by the user equipment, that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the user equipment, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the method includes: when the user equipment determines that the following at least one condition is met, The user equipment determines that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment: the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; The percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resource is greater than a second ratio threshold; the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth of the first WLAN AP that is free of the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than a third ratio threshold; The percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信 息确定所述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入 方式, 包括: 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方 式与存储在所述用户设备的 WLAN AP接入方式之间的对应关系, 确定所述 用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式。  With the implementation of any one of the foregoing aspects and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the user equipment determines, according to information about a WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, The capability of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is as follows: the user equipment is configured according to the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the WLAN AP access mode stored in the user equipment. Corresponding relationship, determining that the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定所述用 户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID, 包括: 当所述 用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID与存储在所述用户设备 的 PLMN ID的对应关系,确定所述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP 所支持的 PLMN ID。  With reference to the first aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the user equipment determines, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the user equipment to support the The PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP includes: determining, by the user equipment, the capability support of the user equipment according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the user equipment. The PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 当所述用户设备处于空闲态且驻留在所述第一蜂窝网络站点, 所述用 户设备接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 所述用户设备接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送的广播控制信道 BCCH, 所述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息。 With the implementation of any one of the foregoing aspects and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, when the user equipment is in an idle state and resides at the first cellular network site, the user equipment receives The information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station, includes: the user equipment receives a broadcast control channel BCCH sent by the first cellular network station, The BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 当所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点时, 所述用户 设备接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 所 述用户设备根据所述第二蜂窝网络站点的指导接收并读取所述第一蜂窝网 络站点发送的 BCCH,所述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第 一 WLAN AP的信息。  With reference to the first aspect, and any one of the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site, the user equipment receives the first The information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the cellular network station includes: the user equipment receives and reads the BCCH sent by the first cellular network station according to the guidance of the second cellular network station, where the BCCH carries The information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 在所述用户设备确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 所述用户设 备向所述第二蜂窝站点发送第一无线资源控制 RRC消息,所述第一 RRC消 息用于通知所述第二蜂窝网络站点所述用户设备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。  With the implementation of any one of the foregoing aspects and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, when the user equipment determines to access the first WLAN AP, the user equipment sends the The second cell site sends a first radio resource control RRC message, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cell network station that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 当所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到所述第一蜂窝网络站点时, 所述 用户设备接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息,包括: 所述用户设备接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC消息, 所述第二 RRC消息携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述 WLAN AP的信息。  With the implementation of any one of the foregoing aspects and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, the user equipment receives The information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station, includes: the user equipment receives a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, where the second RRC message carries the first cellular network Information generated by the site of the WLAN AP.
结合第一方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述用户设备向所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送第三 RRC消息, 所述第 三 RRC消息用于通知所述第一蜂窝网络站点所述用户设备能够接入所述第 — WLAN AP。  With reference to the first aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the user equipment sends a third RRC message to the first cellular network station, where the third RRC message is used. The user equipment that is notified to the first cellular network site can access the first WLAN AP.
第二方面, 提供了一种实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法, 该方 法包括: 第一蜂窝网络站点生成第一无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP的信息; 所述第一蜂窝网络站点向用户设备发送所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 以指示 所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息确定是否接入所述第一 WLAN AP ,在确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下,接入所述第一 WLAN AP。  In a second aspect, a method for implementing interworking between a cellular network and a wireless local area network is provided, the method comprising: generating, by a first cellular network site, information of a first wireless local area network access point WLAN AP; the first cellular network site to a user The device sends the information of the first WLAN AP, to indicate that the user equipment determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP, And accessing the first WLAN AP.
结合第二方面, 在另一种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一 WLAN AP的信 息包括至少下列信息之一:所述第一 WLAN AP的标识、所述第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息、所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息、所述第一 WLAN AP 支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信 息和所述第一 WLAN AP支持的公共陆地移动网络标识 PLMN ID; With reference to the second aspect, in another possible implementation manner, the information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information of the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP And a public land mobile network identifier PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP;
其中, 所述第一 WLAN AP的标识由所述用户设备用于确定所述第一蜂 窝网络站点是否集成所述第一 WLAN AP, 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率 信息由所述用户设备用于确定所述用户设备所处的位置是否位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息由所述用户 设备用于确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需 求, 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息由所述用户设备用 于确定所述用户设备的能力是否支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN 接入方式, 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息由所述用户设备用于 确定所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足所述用户设备访问的业务 的要求, 以及所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID由所述用户设备用于确 定所述用户设备的能力是否支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  The identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the first WLAN AP is integrated with the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment. Determining whether the location where the user equipment is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine that the first WLAN AP is not used. The resource meets the resource requirement of the user equipment, and the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN supported by the first WLAN AP. The access mode, the information about the traffic split mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the traffic off mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the service requirements of the user equipment, and the A PLMN ID supported by a WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports a PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、 以及所述 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏 移值。  With reference to the second aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: a transmit power of the first WLAN AP a value, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a ratio or offset of a transmit power of the first WLAN AP to a transmit power of the first cellular network site.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 所述第 一 WLAN AP的中央处理单元 CPU处理资源信息、 以及所述第一的连接容 量信息。  With reference to the second aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: an air interface resource of the first WLAN AP The information, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一蜂窝网络站点向用户设备发送所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 所述第一蜂窝网络站点向所述用户设备发送广播控制信道 BCCH, 所 述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息,其 中所述用户设备处于空闲态且驻留在所述第一蜂窝网络站点, 或者所述用户 设备处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点。  With reference to the second aspect, and any one of the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the sending, by the first cellular network station, the information of the first WLAN AP to the user equipment, a cellular network station sends a broadcast control channel BCCH to the user equipment, where the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the user equipment is in an idle state and resides in the Said first cellular network site, or said user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一蜂窝网络站点向用户设备发送所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 所述第一蜂窝网络站点向所述用户设备发送第二无线资源控制 RRC 消息, 所述第二 RRC 消息携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 其中所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到所述第一蜂窝网 络站点。 With reference to the second aspect, and any one of the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the sending, by the first cellular network station, the information of the first WLAN AP to the user equipment, A cellular network station sends a second radio resource control RRC to the user equipment The second RRC message carries information about the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the user equipment is in a connected state and is connected to the first cellular network site.
结合第二方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一蜂窝网络站点通过所述用户设备发送的第三 RRC消息获知 所述用户设备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。  With reference to the second aspect, and any one of the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the first cellular network station learns that the user equipment can be connected by using a third RRC message sent by the user equipment. Into the first WLAN AP.
第三方面, 提供了一种用户设备, 包括: 接收单元, 用于接收第一蜂窝 网络站点生成并发送的第一无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP的信息;确定单元, 用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入所述 第一 WLAN AP; 接入单元, 用于在所述确定单元确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 接入所述第一 WLAN AP。  A third aspect provides a user equipment, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive information of a first WLAN access point WLAN AP generated and sent by a first cellular network site; and a determining unit, configured to be used according to the receiving unit The received information of the first WLAN AP determines whether to access the first WLAN AP, and the access unit is configured to: when the determining unit determines to access the first WLAN AP, access the first A WLAN AP.
结合第三方面, 在另一种实现方式中, 所述用户设备还包括打开单元, 所述打开单元, 用于打开所述用户设备的 WLAN模块。  With reference to the third aspect, in another implementation manner, the user equipment further includes an opening unit, where the opening unit is configured to open a WLAN module of the user equipment.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述接收单元接收的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息包括至少下列信息之 一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的标识、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息、 所 述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接 入方式的信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP 支持的分流方式的信息和所述第一 WLAN AP支持的公共陆地移动网络标识 PLMN ID;  With reference to the implementation of the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the information about the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiving unit includes at least one of the following information: The identifier of the WLAN AP, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP, and the first WLAN AP supported by the first WLAN AP. The information of the offload mode and the public land mobile network identifier PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP;
所述确定单元具体用于: 当确定满足下列至少一个条件时, 确定接入所 述第一 WLAN AP: 所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP的标识确定所述 第一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP; 所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息确定所述用户设备所处的位置位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内; 所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息确定所述第一 WLAN AP 的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需 求; 所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息 确定所述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方 式; 所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息确定所述 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足所述用户设备访问的业务的要求; 以及所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定所述用户 设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP的标识与存储的所 述第一蜂窝网络站点集成的 WLAN AP的标识之间的对应关系, 确定所述第 一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP; 或者所述确定单元具体用于: 根 据所述第一 WLAN AP的信息中的所述第一 WLAN标识的指示信息确定所 述第一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP。 The determining unit is specifically configured to: determine to access the first WLAN AP when determining that the following at least one condition is met: the determining unit determines, according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, the first cellular network site integration office Determining, by the first WLAN AP, the determining unit, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the user equipment is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP; Determining, by the resource usage information of the WLAN AP, that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the user equipment; the determining unit determines the user according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP The capability of the device supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP; the determining unit determines, according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, whether the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP satisfies the a request for the service accessed by the user equipment; and the determining unit determines, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the user equipment to support the first WLAN AP Supported PLMN ID. With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, and the stored first Determining a correspondence between the identifiers of the WLAN APs integrated by the network station, determining that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP; or the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to information in the information of the first WLAN AP The indication information of the first WLAN identifier determines that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确 定所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围,根据所述用户设备接收所述第一蜂窝站 点的信号测量值确定所述用户设备所处的位置, 根据所述第一 WLAN AP的 覆盖范围和所述用户设备所处的位置确定所述用户设备所处的位置位于所 述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内。  With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the determining unit is specifically configured to: determine, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN The coverage of the AP determines the location of the user equipment according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site, and the coverage of the first WLAN AP and the location of the user equipment. Determining that the location where the user equipment is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述接收单元接收的多个 WLAN AP的信息, 所述多个 WLAN AP的 信息包括所述第一 WLAN AP的信息,  With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the information of the multiple WLAN APs received by the receiving unit, the information of the multiple WLAN APs includes the foregoing a WLAN AP information,
所述确定单元确定接入的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率值中的最大值, 或者所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率 等级是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率等级中等级最大的; 或者  Determining, by the determining unit, that the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP that is accessed is the maximum value of the transmit power values of the multiple WLAN APs, or that the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the multiple The highest of the WLAN AP's transmit power levels; or
所述确定单元确定接入的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂 窝网络站点的发射功率的比值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一 蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值中最大的; 或者  Determining, by the determining unit, that a ratio of a transmit power of the first WLAN AP that is accessed to a transmit power of the first cellular network site is a transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs and a transmit of the first cellular network site The largest of the power ratios; or
当所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率小于所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率时, 所述确定单元确定接入的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一 蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述 第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最小的; 或者  When the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is smaller than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the determining unit determines the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit of the first cellular network site The offset value of the power is the smallest of the offset values of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site; or
当所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率时, 所述确定单元确定接入的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一 蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述 第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最大的。  When the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the determining unit determines the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit of the first cellular network site The offset value of the power is the largest of the offset values of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、 以及所述 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏 移值。 With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: a transmit power value of the WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a ratio or offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述接收单元接收的所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息包括至少下 列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的回传 带宽信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的中央处理单元 CPU处理资源信息、 以及 所述第一的连接容量信息;  With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiving unit includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information;
所述确定单元具体用于: 当确定满足下列至少一个条件时, 确定所述第 一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求:  The determining unit is specifically configured to: when it is determined that the following at least one condition is met, determining that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets resource requirements of the user equipment:
所述第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分 比小于第一比例阈值; 所述第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的 百分比大于第二比例阈值; 所述第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传 带宽的百分比大于第三比例阈值; 以及所述第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量 占总的连接容量的百分比小于第四比例阈值。  The percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth of the first WLAN AP to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connected capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接 入方式与存储在所述用户设备的 WLAN AP接入方式之间的对应关系, 确定 所述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式。  With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the determining unit is specifically configured to: according to the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and stored in the Determining the correspondence between the WLAN AP access modes of the user equipment, and determining the capability of the user equipment to support the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID 与存储在所述用户设备的 PLMN ID的对应关系, 确定所述用户设备的能力 支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the determining unit is specifically configured to: store, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the user Corresponding relationship of the PLMN ID of the device, determining that the capability of the user equipment supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述接收单元具体用于: 当所述用户设备处于空闲态且驻留在所述第 一蜂窝网络站点, 接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送的广播控制信道 BCCH, 所述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息。  With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in an idle state and resides in the first And the network station receives the broadcast control channel BCCH sent by the first cellular network station, where the BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network station.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述接收单元具体用于: 当所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到第二蜂 窝网络站点时,根据所述第二蜂窝网络站点的指导接收并读取所述第一蜂窝 网络站点发送的 BCCH,所述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述 第一 WLAN AP的信息。 With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site Receiving and reading a BCCH sent by the first cellular network site according to a guide of the second cellular network site, where the BCCH carries the Information of the first WLAN AP.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述用户设备还包括第一发送单元, 所述第一发送单元, 用于向所述 第二蜂窝站点发送第一无线资源控制 RRC消息, 所述第一 RRC消息用于通 知所述第二蜂窝网络站点所述用户设备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。  With reference to the third aspect, and any one of the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the user equipment further includes a first sending unit, where the first sending unit is configured to send the second The cellular station sends a first radio resource control RRC message, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network station that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述接收单元具体用于: 当所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到所述第 一蜂窝网络站点时, 接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC消息, 所 述第二 RRC消息携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述 WLAN AP的信息。  With reference to the third aspect and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network And receiving, by the first eNB, a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, where the second RRC message carries information about the WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
结合第三方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述用户设备还包括第二发送单元, 所述第二发送单元, 用于向所述 第一蜂窝网络站点发送第三 RRC消息, 所述第三 RRC消息用于通知所述第 一蜂窝网络站点所述用户设备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。  With reference to the implementation of the third aspect and the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the user equipment further includes a second sending unit, where the second sending unit is configured to The cellular network station sends a third RRC message, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network site that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
第四方面, 提供了一种第一蜂窝网络站点, 该第一蜂窝网络站点包括: 生成单元, 用于生成第一无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP的信息; 发送单元, 用于向用户设备发送所述生成单元生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 以指 示所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息确定是否接入所述第一 WLAN AP ,在确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下,接入所述第一 WLAN AP。  In a fourth aspect, a first cellular network site is provided, where the first cellular network site includes: a generating unit, configured to generate information of a first WLAN access point WLAN AP, and a sending unit, configured to send, to the user equipment The information about the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit, to indicate that the user equipment determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and determines to access the first WLAN AP. In case, the first WLAN AP is accessed.
结合第四方面, 在另一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送单元发送的所述 第一 WLAN AP的信息包括至少下列信息之一:所述第一 WLAN AP的标识、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息、所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP 支持的分流方式的信息和所述第一 WLAN AP支持的公共陆地移动网络标识 PLMN ID;  With reference to the fourth aspect, in another possible implementation manner, the information about the first WLAN AP that is sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN The transmit power information of the AP, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information about the split mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the first WLAN. Public land mobile network identifier PLMN ID supported by the AP;
其中, 所述第一 WLAN AP的标识由所述用户设备用于确定所述第一蜂 窝网络站点是否集成所述第一 WLAN AP, 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率 信息由所述用户设备用于确定所述用户设备所处的位置是否位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息由所述用户 设备用于确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需 求, 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息由所述用户设备用 于确定所述用户设备的能力是否支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN 接入方式, 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息由所述用户设备用于 确定所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足所述用户设备访问的业务 的要求以及所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID由所述用户设备用于确定 所述用户设备的能力是否支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 The identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the first WLAN AP is integrated with the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment. Determining whether the location where the user equipment is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine that the first WLAN AP is not used. The resource meets the resource requirement of the user equipment, and the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment. Determining whether the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine the first WLAN AP. Whether the supported traffic distribution mode satisfies the requirements of the service accessed by the user equipment, and the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports the first WLAN AP. PLMN ID.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述发送单元发送的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息包括至少下 列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功 率等级、 以及所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发 射功率的比值或偏移值。  With reference to the fourth aspect, and any one of the foregoing implementation manners, in another implementation manner, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following: a transmit power value of a WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a ratio or offset of a transmit power of the first WLAN AP to a transmit power of the first cellular network site.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述发送单元发送的所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息包括至少下 列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的回传 带宽信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的中央处理单元 CPU处理资源信息、 以及 所述第一的连接容量信息。  With reference to the fourth aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述发送单元具体用于: 向所述用户设备发送广播控制信道 BCCH, 所述 BCCH携带所述生成单元生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息 ,其中所述 用户设备处于空闲态且驻留在所述第一蜂窝网络站点, 或者所述用户设备处 于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点。  With reference to the fourth aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the sending unit is specifically configured to: send a broadcast control channel BCCH to the user equipment, where the BCCH carries the Generating information of the first WLAN AP generated by the unit, wherein the user equipment is in an idle state and camped on the first cellular network site, or the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中,所述发送单元具体用于: 向所述用户设备发送第二无线资源控制 RRC 消息, 所述第二 RRC消息携带所述生成单元生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的 信息, 其中所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到所述第一蜂窝网络站点。  With reference to the fourth aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the sending unit is specifically configured to: send, to the user equipment, a second radio resource control RRC message, where The second RRC message carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit, where the user equipment is in a connected state and is connected to the first cellular network site.
结合第四方面及其上述实现方式中的任一种实现方式,在另一种实现方 式中, 所述第一蜂窝网络站点还包括接收单元, 所述接收单元, 用于接收所 述用户设备发送的第三 RRC消息,通过所述第三 RRC消息获知所述用户设 备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。  With reference to the fourth aspect, and any implementation manner of the foregoing implementation manner, in another implementation manner, the first cellular network site further includes a receiving unit, where the receiving unit is configured to receive the user equipment to send The third RRC message is used to learn, by using the third RRC message, that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
本发明实施例中, UE接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息, UE根据 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP, 在确 定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况下,接入第一 WLAN AP。 因此, UE无需从核 心网用户面的 ANDSF实体来接收接入网的相关信息, 直接接收第一蜂窝网 络站点生成并发送的 WLAN AP的信息, 减少时延, 提高效率。 附图说明 In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE receives the information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network site, and the UE determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN AP, and determines to access the first WLAN AP. Accessing the first WLAN AP. Therefore, the UE does not need to go from the core The ANDSF entity of the network user plane receives the information about the access network, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案, 下面将对实施例或现有技 术描述中所需要使用的附图作筒单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图 仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技术人员来讲, 在不付出创造 性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings to be used in the embodiments or the description of the prior art will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only the present invention. For some embodiments, other drawings may be obtained from those of ordinary skill in the art without departing from the drawings.
图 1是一个可应用于本发明实施例的蜂窝网络场景的示意图; 图 2是本发明一个实施例的实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法的 流程图;  1 is a schematic diagram of a cellular network scenario applicable to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a method for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 3是另一个可应用于本发明实施例的蜂窝网络场景的示意图; 图 4是本发明一个实施例的用户设备获取第一 WLAN AP信息的示意性 交互图。  FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another cellular network scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 4 is a schematic interaction diagram of the user equipment acquiring the first WLAN AP information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
图 5是本发明一个实施例的实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法的 流程图;  5 is a flow chart of a method for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 6是本发明一个实施例的实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法的 过程的示意性流程图;  6 is a schematic flow chart of a process for implementing a method for interworking between a cellular network and a wireless local area network according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 7是本发明一个实施例的用户设备的结构框图;  7 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 8是本发明一个实施例的蜂窝网络站点的结构框图;  8 is a structural block diagram of a cellular network site according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 9是本发明一个实施例的装置的结构框图;  Figure 9 is a block diagram showing the structure of an apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 10是本发明另一个实施例的用户设备的结构框图;  FIG. 10 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 11是本发明另一个实施例的蜂窝网络站点的结构框图。 具体实施方式  11 is a block diagram showing the structure of a cellular network site according to another embodiment of the present invention. detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行 清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是 全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创 造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without making creative labor are within the scope of the present invention.
应理解,本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如: GSM It should be understood that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, for example: GSM
( Global System for Mobile Communications, 全球移动通信) 系统、 CDMA ( Code Division Multiple Access,码分多址)系统、 WCDMA ( Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, 宽带码分多址)系统、 GPRS ( General Packet Radio Service, 通用分组无线业务)、 LTE 系统、 LTE FDD ( Frequency Division Duplex, 频分双工) 系统、 LTE TDD ( Time Division Duplex, 时分双工)、 UMTS ( Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, 通用移动通信系统 ) 等。 应理解, 本发明对此并不限定。 (Global System for Mobile Communications, Global System for Mobile Communications), CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access) system, WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access) system, GPRS (General Packet Radio Service), LTE system, LTE FDD (Frequency Division) Duplex, frequency division duplex) system, LTE TDD (Time Division Duplex), UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System), etc. It should be understood that the invention is not limited thereto.
在本发明实施例中, 蜂窝网络站点, 可以是 GSM或 CDMA中的 BTS ( Base Transceiver Station, 基站;), 也可以是 WCDMA中的基站( NodeB ), 还可以是 LTE中的 eNB ( e-NodeB ) ( evolutional Node B , 演进型基站;), 应 理解, 本发明对此并不限定。 还应理解, 本发明实施例对基站的类型不作限 定, 可以是宏基站、 微基站、 微微基站、 毫微微基站或家庭基站等。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the cellular network station may be a BTS (Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or an eNB in LTE (e-NodeB). (evolutional Node B, evolved base station;), it should be understood that the present invention is not limited thereto. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the type of the base station, and may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a femto base station, or a home base station.
在本发明实施例中, 用户设备可称之为终端 (Terminal ), MS ( Mobile Station, 移动台)、 移动终端( Mobile Terminal )等, 该用户设备可以经 RAN ( Radio Access Network,无线接入网)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如, 用户设备可以是移动电话(或称为 "蜂窝" 电话)、 具有移动终端的计算机 等, 例如, 用户设备还可以是便携式、 袖珍式、 手持式、 计算机内置的或者 车载的移动装置, 它们与无线接入网交换语音和 /或数据。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment may be referred to as a terminal (MT), an MS (Mobile Station), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc., and the user equipment may be via a RAN (Radio Access Network). Communicating with one or more core networks, for example, the user equipment may be a mobile telephone (or "cellular" telephone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example, the user equipment may also be portable, pocket, handheld Computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with a wireless access network.
为了描述方便,下述实施例蜂窝网络以 LTE系统以及蜂窝网站点以 eNB 为例进行说明。应理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此, 可以为 LTE系统之外的 其它移动通信系统。  For convenience of description, the cellular network of the following embodiment is described by taking an eNB as an example of an LTE system and a cellular website point. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto, and may be other mobile communication systems than the LTE system.
图 1是一个可应用于本发明实施例的蜂窝网络场景的示意图。在图 1的 场景示意图中, 描述了在或小型蜂窝基站 101上集成 WLAN AP 102, 其中 小型蜂窝基站可以是家庭基站 HeNB ( Home-eNB ), 或微蜂窝基站, 微微蜂 窝基站, 毫微微蜂窝基站, 在小型蜂窝基站 101 的邻近区域内布放有一个 WLAN AP 103 ,小型蜂窝基站 101和 WLAN AP 103的覆盖范围内具有重叠 区域, 能够实现蜂窝网络和 WLAN互通的网络形态。  1 is a schematic diagram of a cellular network scenario applicable to an embodiment of the present invention. In the scenario diagram of FIG. 1, the WLAN AP 102 is integrated on the small cell base station 101, wherein the small cell base station can be a home base station HeNB (Home-eNB), or a micro cell base station, a pico cell base station, a femto cell base station. A WLAN AP 103 is disposed in the vicinity of the small cell base station 101. The coverage area of the small cell base station 101 and the WLAN AP 103 has an overlapping area, and the network form of the cellular network and the WLAN can be realized.
应注意, 图 1的蜂窝网络场景的示意图仅仅是为了更清楚地描述本发明 实施例而给出的可实施本发明的一种场景, 而非要限制本发明实施例的应用 范围。 例如, 图 1中描绘了一个小型蜂窝基站 101、 两个 WLAN AP, —个 UE 104, 但是本发明实施例还可以包含更多数目的基站, 或者还可以包含更 多数目的 UE, 或者还可以包含更少或更多数目的 WLAN AP。 基站除了上 述家庭基站, 还可以是其它类型的基站, 如微基站、 微微基站或毫微微基站 等。在小型蜂窝基站 101的邻近区域内布放 WLAN AP的位置并不限定,邻 近区域内可以是如图 1所示的小型蜂窝基站 101的覆盖范围的边界上、也可 以是小型蜂窝基站 101 的覆盖范围内或小型蜂窝基站 101 的覆盖范围外, 使得布放的 WLAN AP的覆盖范围和小型蜂窝基站 101的覆盖范围具有重 叠区域。 本发明实施例对此并不限定。 It should be noted that the schematic diagram of the cellular network scenario of FIG. 1 is merely a scenario for implementing the present invention to more clearly describe the embodiments of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the scope of application of the embodiments of the present invention. For example, a small cell base station 101, two WLAN APs, and one UE 104 are depicted in FIG. 1, but embodiments of the present invention may further include a greater number of base stations, or may further include A larger number of UEs, or may also contain fewer or greater numbers of WLAN APs. The base station may be other types of base stations, such as a micro base station, a pico base station, or a femto base station, in addition to the above-mentioned home base station. The location where the WLAN AP is placed in the vicinity of the small cell base station 101 is not limited, and the adjacent area may be on the boundary of the coverage of the small cell base station 101 as shown in FIG. 1, or may be the coverage of the small cell base station 101. Out of the coverage of the in-range or small cell base station 101, the coverage of the deployed WLAN AP and the coverage of the small cell base station 101 have overlapping areas. This embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
现有技术中, 由布置于核心网的基于用户面的 ANDSF实体(服务器) 给 UE下发相关的接入网 (WLAN网络)信息, 如 ANDI、 ISMP以及 ISRP 等。 这些相关的接入网信息指导 UE在合适的条件(如位置或时间等) 下, 打开 WLAN模块, 发现、 选择和接入 WLAN网络。  In the prior art, the user plane-based ANDSF entity (server) disposed in the core network sends relevant access network (WLAN network) information, such as ANDI, ISMP, and ISRP, to the UE. These associated access network information directs the UE to open the WLAN module, discover, select, and access the WLAN network under appropriate conditions (such as location or time).
但是, UE需要通过核心网用户面的服务器获取 WLAN网络信息,从而 增加网络负担, 并且由于核心网用户面的服务器无法及时准确的获得无线网 络的位置拓朴和状态,导致时延增加,效率低下。另外, UE需要打开 WLAN 模块功能, 持续不断的扫描、 尝试接入所发现的 WLAN AP, 不仅消耗系统 资源, 也增加了 UE的功耗。  However, the UE needs to obtain the WLAN network information through the server of the core network user plane, thereby increasing the network burden, and the server of the core network user plane cannot obtain the location topology and state of the wireless network in time and accurately, resulting in increased delay and inefficiency. . In addition, the UE needs to turn on the WLAN module function, and continuously scans and attempts to access the discovered WLAN AP, which not only consumes system resources, but also increases the power consumption of the UE.
为了解决上述问题,本发明实施例提供了一种实现蜂窝网络和无线局域 网互操作的方法和设备, 不但能够提高效率, 还能够有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  In order to solve the above problem, the embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network, which can not only improve efficiency, but also effectively save system resources and save power consumption of the UE.
图 2是本发明一个实施例的实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法的 流程图。 图 2的方法由 UE执行。  2 is a flow chart of a method of implementing cellular network and wireless local area network interoperation according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method of Figure 2 is performed by the UE.
201 , UE接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息; 其中第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围具有重 叠区域。 需要说明的是, 第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的 覆盖范围具有重叠区域, 包含在第一蜂窝网络站点上集成第一 WLAN AP或 者在第一蜂窝网络站点的邻近区域内布放第一 WLAN AP的情况。  201. The UE receives information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station. The coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP. It should be noted that the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the first WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or in the adjacent area of the first cellular network site. Put the first WLAN AP.
第一 WLAN AP的信息可以包括至少下列之一:第一 WLAN AP的标识, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息,第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式 的信息和第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID ( Public Land Mobile Network Identity,公共陆地移动网络标识)等等。应理解,本发明实施例并不限于此。 第一 WLAN AP的标识可以是 BSSID ( Basic Service Set Identifier, 基本 服务集标识符), SSID ( Service Set Identifier, 服务集标识符), HESSID ( Homogenous Extended Service Set Identifier, 同构扩展月良务集标示符)和 OUI/OI ( Organizational Unique Identifier/ Organization Identity, 组织唯一标识 /组织标识) 中的一个或多个。 其中, BSSID是 AP的 MAC ( Media Access Control,媒体接入控制)地址,是 AP的全球唯一标识。 SSID是运营商 WLAN 的业务集标识, 标识运营商 WLAN网络。 OUI/OI是 WLAN漫游组织的唯 一标识, UE可以通过 OUI/OI确定是否可以通过该 OUI/OI对应的 WLAN AP 漫游接入到该 UE的归属网络(提供 WLAN签约网络)。 可以在 UE中预先 配置该 UE可接入的 WLAN AP的标识, 或者由接收网络侧设备 (如网络策 略实体 ANDSF )下发给 UE,或者由运营商在 SIM/USIM ( Subscriber Identity Module/Universal Subscriber Identity Module, 用户识别模块 /全球用户识别模 块)卡中配置, 等等。应理解, 本发明对于 UE如何获知可接入的 WLAN AP 的标识的方式并不限定。 The information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, and a WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP. The information of the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID (Public Land Mobile Network Identity) supported by the first WLAN AP, and the like. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto. The identifier of the first WLAN AP may be a BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), an SSID (Service Set Identifier), and a HESSID (Homogenous Extended Service Set Identifier). And one or more of OUI/OI (Organizational Unique Identifier/ Organization Identity). The BSSID is the MAC (Media Access Control) address of the AP and is the global unique identifier of the AP. The SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN, and identifies the carrier's WLAN network. The OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam to the home network of the UE (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI. The identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access can be pre-configured in the UE, or sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or by the operator in the SIM/USIM (Subscriber Identity Module/Universal Subscriber) Identity Module, User Identification Module / Global Subscriber Identity Module), configuration in the card, and more. It should be understood that the present invention is not limited to how the UE learns the identity of the accessible WLAN AP.
202, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP。 202. The UE determines, according to information about the first WLAN AP, whether to access the first WLAN AP.
203 , UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。 可选地, UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况下, UE打开 UE的 WLAN 模块接入第一 WLAN。 203. The UE accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP. Optionally, if the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP, the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE to access the first WLAN.
通过上述方案, UE无需从核心网用户面的 ANDSF实体来接收接入网 的相关信息, 直接接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的 WLAN AP的信息, 减少时延, 提高效率。  Through the foregoing solution, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
另夕卜, UE根据接收到的 WLAN AP的信息确定接入第一 WLAN AP的 情况下才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避免持续不断的扫 描和尝试, 从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  In addition, the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, and avoids continuous scanning and attempting, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 在步骤 202中, 当 UE确定满足下列至少一 个条件时, UE确定接入第一 WLAN AP:  Optionally, as an embodiment, in step 202, when the UE determines that the following at least one condition is met, the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP:
UE根据第一 WLAN AP的标识确定第一蜂窝网络站点集成第一 WLAN AP; UE根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定 UE所处的位置位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内; UE根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求; UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持 的 WLAN接入方式的信息确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式; 以及 UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定 UE 的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 Determining, by the UE, that the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP; the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP; The resource usage information of the WLAN AP determines that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE; the UE determines, according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, that the capability of the UE supports the first WLAN AP. The WLAN access mode; and the UE determines, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
可选地, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的标识确定第一蜂窝网络站点集成第 — WLAN AP, 具体包括:  Optionally, the UE determines, according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP, the first cellular network site to integrate the first WLAN AP, specifically:
UE可以根据第一 WLAN AP的标识与预先设置的第一蜂窝网络站点集 成的 WLAN AP 的标识之间的对应关系, 确定第一蜂窝网络站点集成第一 WLAN AP。 或者, UE可以根据第一 WLAN AP的信息中的第一 WLAN标 识的指示信息确定第一蜂窝网络站点集成第一 WLAN AP。  The UE may determine that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP according to the correspondence between the identifier of the first WLAN AP and the identifier of the WLAN AP integrated by the preset first cellular network site. Alternatively, the UE may determine, according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network station integrates the first WLAN AP.
以图 1的场景为例, 假设 UE 104预先配置的可接入的 WLAN AP的标 识仅包括在蜂窝网络站点小型蜂窝基站 101上集成的 WLAN AP 102的标 识, UE 104接收小型蜂窝基站 101生成并发送的 WLAN AP的信息中包括 WLAN AP 102的标识和 WLAN AP 103的标识, UE可以根据预先配置的可 接入的 WLAN AP的标识确定接入 WLAN AP 102。 又例如, 小型蜂窝基站 101生成并发送的 WLAN AP的信息中包括 WLAN AP 102的标识和 WLAN AP 103的标识,并增加相应的指示信息来指示 WLAN AP是否在小型蜂窝基 站 101集成的或者指示 WLAN AP是否打开,如指示信息" 11"表示该 WLAN AP 102为在小型蜂窝基站 101集成的 WLAN AP,该 WLAN AP 102已打开, 指示信息" 10"表示该 WLAN AP 103不是在小型蜂窝基站 101集成的 WLAN AP, 该 WLAN AP 102已打开, 通过指示信息 UE确定接入 WLAN AP 102。  Taking the scenario of FIG. 1 as an example, it is assumed that the identifier of the accessible WLAN AP pre-configured by the UE 104 includes only the identity of the WLAN AP 102 integrated on the cellular network site small cell base station 101, and the UE 104 receives the small cell base station 101 and generates The information of the WLAN AP that is sent includes the identifier of the WLAN AP 102 and the identifier of the WLAN AP 103. The UE can determine to access the WLAN AP 102 according to the identifier of the pre-configured WLAN AP that can be accessed. For another example, the information of the WLAN AP generated and transmitted by the small cell base station 101 includes the identifier of the WLAN AP 102 and the identifier of the WLAN AP 103, and the corresponding indication information is added to indicate whether the WLAN AP is integrated in the small cell base station 101 or indicates the WLAN. Whether the AP is turned on, as indicated by the indication information "11" indicating that the WLAN AP 102 is a WLAN AP integrated in the small cell base station 101, the WLAN AP 102 is turned on, and the indication information "10" indicates that the WLAN AP 103 is not integrated in the small cell base station 101. The WLAN AP, the WLAN AP 102 is turned on, and the UE is determined to access the WLAN AP 102 by indicating the information.
应理解,上述例子仅仅是示例性的, 而非要限制本发明的范围,优选地, UE优先确定接入在蜂窝站点上集成的 WLAN AP , 当然, UE也可以确定接 入在第一蜂窝网络站点的邻近区域内布放的 WLAN AP。  It should be understood that the above examples are merely exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Preferably, the UE preferentially determines to access the WLAN AP integrated on the cellular site. Of course, the UE may also determine to access the first cellular network. A WLAN AP placed in the vicinity of the site.
可选地, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、以及第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏移值。 等等。 应 理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network. The ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site. and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
可选地, UE可以根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围,根据 UE接收第一蜂窝站点的信号测量值确定 UE所处的位 置, 根据第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围和 UE所处的位置确定 UE所处的位置 位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内。 当 UE根据第一 WLAN AP的的发射功 率信息确定 UE所处的位置位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内时, UE确定 接入第一 WLAN AP。 进一步地, 该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值(或等级) 大于一定门限值, 或者该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值与第一蜂窝站点的发 射功率值的比值大于一定的比值, 或者, 该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值与 第一蜂窝站点的发射功率值的偏移值值小于一定的阈值。这些判决门限值或 阈值可以预先设置在 UE上, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。 Optionally, the UE may determine, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and determine, according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site, the location of the UE, according to the coverage of the first WLAN AP. And the location where the UE is located determines that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP. When the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, the UE determines Access the first WLAN AP. Further, the value (or level) of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than a certain threshold, or the ratio of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power value of the first cell site is greater than a certain ratio, or The offset value of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power value of the first cell site is less than a certain threshold. The thresholds or thresholds of the decision may be set in advance on the UE or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
具体地, UE可以根据第一蜂窝站点的发射功率和接收的第一蜂窝站点 的信号强度估计 UE所处的位置, UE可以通过 WLAN AP的发射功率信息 确定在第一蜂窝站点集成的 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围 (如该 UE可以接收 该 WLAN AP的信号强度大于一定的信号阈值, 如 -65dBm以上), 并判断 UE所处的位置是否在该第一蜂窝站点集成的 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围内。 或者, UE可以通过 WLAN AP的地理位置和 WLAN AP的发射功率信息来 判断 UE当前所处的位置是否在该 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围内。  Specifically, the UE may estimate the location where the UE is located according to the transmit power of the first cell site and the received signal strength of the first cell site, and the UE may determine, by using the transmit power information of the WLAN AP, the WLAN AP integrated at the first cell site. The effective coverage (such as the UE can receive the signal strength of the WLAN AP is greater than a certain signal threshold, such as -65 dBm or more), and determine whether the location of the UE is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular site. . Alternatively, the UE may determine whether the current location of the UE is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP by using the geographic location of the WLAN AP and the transmit power information of the WLAN AP.
进一步地, 在步骤 201 中, UE除了接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送 的第一 WLAN AP的信息外,还可以接收其它 WLAPAP的信息,也就是说, UE接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的至少一个 WLAN AP的信息, 至少 一个 WLAN AP的信息中包括第一 WLAP AP的信息。 当 UE确定 UE所处 的位置位于多个 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内时, 优选地, UE确定接入的第一 WLAN AP是多个 WLAN AP中发射功率值最大; 或者, 第一 WLAN AP的 发射功率等级是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率等级中等级最大的。 或者, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值是多个 WLAN AP 的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值中最大的。 或者, 在 第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率小于第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最小的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最大的。  Further, in step 201, the UE may receive other WLAPAP information in addition to the information of the first WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network station, that is, the UE receives and generates the first cellular network site. The information of the at least one WLAN AP, the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP. When the UE determines that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of multiple WLAN APs, preferably, the UE determines that the first WLAN AP that is accessed is the highest transmit power value among the multiple WLAN APs; or, the transmission of the first WLAN AP The power level is the highest of the transmission power levels of multiple WLAN APs. Alternatively, the ratio of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is smaller than the transmit power of the first cellular network station, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs. The offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the smallest. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network station, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs. The offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
例如, 在图 1的场景中, UE 104可以先根据所在蜂窝站点的类型确定 小型蜂窝基站 101 的发射功率, 并根据测量的接收该小型蜂窝基站 101 的 下行信号的信号强度估计出 UE 104所处的位置与小型蜂窝基站 101 的距 离,可以根据 WLAN AP 102的发射功率信息来判断 UE 104所处的位置是否 在 WLAN AP 102的有效覆盖范围内, 如可以根据 WLAN AP 102的发射功 率值(如 500mW )或等级判断 WLAN AP 102的覆盖范围的大小, 由于小型 蜂窝基站 101集成 WLAN AP 102, 因此 UE 104可以估计出 UE 104所处的 位置与 WLAN AP 102的距离,从而判断出 UE所处的位置是否在 WLAN AP 102的有效覆盖范围内。 类似地, UE 104可以根据 WLAN AP 103的发射功 率信息、 以及 WLAN AP 103的位置信息来判断 UE 104所处的位置是否在 WLAN AP 103的有效覆盖范围内。假设 UE 104落在 WLAN AP 103和 WLAN AP 102的有效覆盖范围内, 优选地, UE 104可以选择在小型蜂窝基站 101 上集成的 WLAN AP 102, 或者可以选择发射功率值较大的 WLAN AP。 本发 明实施例对此并不限定。 For example, in the scenario of FIG. 1, the UE 104 may first determine the transmit power of the small cell base station 101 according to the type of the cell site in which it is located, and estimate the UE 104 according to the measured signal strength of the downlink signal received by the small cell base station 101. The location of the location of the UE 104 can be determined based on the transmission power information of the WLAN AP 102. Within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP 102, the size of the coverage of the WLAN AP 102 can be determined according to the transmit power value (eg, 500 mW) or level of the WLAN AP 102. Since the small cell base station 101 integrates the WLAN AP 102, the UE 104 can The distance between the location where the UE 104 is located and the WLAN AP 102 is estimated to determine whether the location where the UE is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP 102. Similarly, the UE 104 can determine whether the location where the UE 104 is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP 103 based on the transmit power information of the WLAN AP 103 and the location information of the WLAN AP 103. Assuming that the UE 104 falls within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP 103 and the WLAN AP 102, preferably, the UE 104 may select the WLAN AP 102 integrated on the small cell base station 101, or may select a WLAN AP with a larger transmit power value. This embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息来确定 UE所 处的位置是否位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内,接入信号质量较好的第一 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的通信质量并提高接入 WLAN AP的成功率, 并 且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP with good signal quality, thereby ensuring the communication quality of the user. And improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
可选地, 第一 WLAN AP的信息还可以包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用 信息,其中第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 第一 WLAN AP的 CPU( Central Processing Unit,中央处理单元)处理资源信息、以及第一 WLAN AP的连接容量信息。 应理解, 本发明实施例对此并不限定。  Optionally, the information of the first WLAN AP may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN AP The backhaul bandwidth information, the CPU (Central Processing Unit) processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
可选地, 当 UE满足下列至少一个条件时, UE确定第一 WLAN AP的 未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 具体包括:  Optionally, when the UE meets the following at least one condition, the UE determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, and specifically includes:
第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比小 于第一比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大 于第二比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比 大于第三比例阈值; 以及第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的 百分比小于第四比例阈值。 等等。  The percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle. The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
具体地, UE可以根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息中已用资源占总 资源的百分比的最大值或未用资源占总资源的百分比的最小值来确定是否 接入第一 WLAN AP。 例如, 第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比的最大值小于第一比例阈值,或者第一 WLAN AP已 用的连接容量(可以表示为已连接到该 AP的 UE的数目) 占总的连接容量 的百分比的最大值小于第四比例阈值, 或者第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源 占总空口资源的百分比的最小值大于第二比例阈值, 等等。 可选地, 这些判 决的阈值可以预先设置在 UE上, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。 当然, UE可以考虑 WLAN AP的综合资源使用信息, 即资源使用信息中的多种来 判断。 Specifically, the UE may determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the maximum value of the used resources in the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, or the minimum value of the unused resources as a percentage of the total resources. For example, the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP account for the total The maximum value of the percentage of CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold, or the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP (which may be expressed as the number of UEs connected to the AP) is less than the maximum percentage of the total connection capacity. The four-threshold threshold, or the minimum value of the air interface resource that is idle by the first WLAN AP in the percentage of the total air interface resource is greater than the second ratio threshold, and the like. Optionally, the threshold of the decision may be preset to the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE. Of course, the UE can consider the comprehensive resource usage information of the WLAN AP, that is, the multiple of the resource usage information.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息来确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源是否满足 UE的资源需求, 接入网络资源使用较小 的 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的业务质量并提升用户体验, 并且 UE在确定 接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避 免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入,从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  According to the foregoing solution, the UE determines, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, whether the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the access network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP, thereby ensuring the quality of the user and improving the service quality of the user. User experience, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE. .
可选地, UE的能力可支持的 WLAN接入方式可以预先配置在 UE中, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。 UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN 接入方式的信息确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入 方式, 具体可以包括:  Optionally, the WLAN access mode that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE. The UE determines, according to the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, that the capability of the UE supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and specifically includes:
UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式与存储在 UE的 WLAN AP接入方式(可以是预先设置的或者网络策略实体下发的)之间的对应关 系, 确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式。  The UE determines the capability of the UE to support the first WLAN according to the correspondence between the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the WLAN AP access mode (which may be pre-set or delivered by the network policy entity) stored in the UE. WLAN access mode supported by the AP.
WLAN接入方式(即 UE接入 WLAN的方式),如 3GPP定义的 I-WLAN ( WLAN Interworking ), I-WLAN mobility, 非可信接入 S2b, S2c, 可信接 入 S2a I ( Rel-11 )和 S2a II ( Rel-12 )等。 具备不同能力的 UE接入 WLAN 的方式也是不同的。 如果运营商的 WLAN网络只支持其中的一种或几种接 入方式, 而 UE的能力不支持 WLAN网络所支持的任意一种接入方式时, UE就无法接入该 WLAN AP。  WLAN access mode (that is, the way the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN (WLAN Interworking) defined by 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, non-trusted access S2b, S2c, trusted access S2a I (Rel-11) ) and S2a II (Rel-12) and so on. The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is different. If the WLAN network of the operator supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
例如, 在图 1的场景中, UE 104的能力支持的 WLAN接入方式有 S2b 和 S2c, WLAN AP的信息包括 WLAN AP 102支持的 WLAN接入方式的信 息和 WLAN AP 103持的 WLAN接入方式的信息(如可以是指示信息,UE 104 和小型蜂窝基站 101 可以预先约定指示信息与 WLAN接入方式的对应关 系)。 UE 104根据 WLAN AP 102支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息确定 WLAN AP 102所支持的 WLAN接入方式有 S2b, S2c, S2a I和 S2a II; UE 104根 据 WLAN AP 103支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息确定 WLAN AP 103所支持 的 WLAN接入方式有 I-WLAN。 UE 104的能力支持 WLAN AP 102所支持 的 WLAN接入方式 S2b和 S2c, UE 104的能力不支持 WLAN AP 103所支 持的 WLAN接入方式 I- WLAN。 因此, UE 104确定接入 WLAN AP 102, 可 以选择 S2b或 S2c的 WLAN接入方式。 For example, in the scenario of FIG. 1, the WLAN access mode supported by the capability of the UE 104 is S2b and S2c, and the information of the WLAN AP includes the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP 102 and the WLAN access mode of the WLAN AP 103. The information (such as the indication information, the UE 104 and the small cell base station 101 may pre-arrange the correspondence between the indication information and the WLAN access mode). The UE 104 determines, according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP 102, that the WLAN access modes supported by the WLAN AP 102 are S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II; According to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP 103, it is determined that the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP 103 has an I-WLAN. The capabilities of the UE 104 support the WLAN access modes S2b and S2c supported by the WLAN AP 102, and the capabilities of the UE 104 do not support the WLAN access mode I-WLAN supported by the WLAN AP 103. Therefore, the UE 104 determines to access the WLAN AP 102, and can select the WLAN access mode of S2b or S2c.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息 来确定第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, UE的支持的接入方式的 能力确定接入的第一 WLAN AP, 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的成功率, 并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP 时才打开 UE 的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the capability of the supported access mode of the UE determines the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
另外, UE从第一蜂窝站点得到的第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信 息, 即该 WLAN网络是否提供 NSWO ( Non-Seamless WLAN Of fload, 非 无缝 WLAN卸载)服务或 IFOM( IP Flow Mobility( IP流移动性)或 MAPCON ( Multi Access PDN Connectivity, 多接入 PDN连通性)等。 进一步地, UE 根据自身的能力和 /或访问的业务的要求, 来确定是否采用 WLAN AP分流。 如, 该 WLAN网络提供 NSWO, 当 UE访问的业务不需要保证业务连续性, 且 Internet可以提供 UE访问的业务时, UE可以选择接入该第一 WLAN AP, 并采用 NSWO访问业务; 当该 WLAN网络支持 MAPCON的分流方式, 且 只有运营商分组核心网提供 UE访问的业务时, UE 可以选择接入该第一 WLAN AP , 并采用 MAPCON访问业务; 当该 WLAN网络支持 IFOM的分 流方式, 且 UE访问的业务需要保证业务连续性时, 且该 WLAN网络和 UE 都支持 IFOM, UE可以选择接入该第一 WLAN AP, 并采用 IP流移动性的 方式访问业务。  In addition, the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP obtained by the UE from the first cell site, that is, whether the WLAN network provides anNSWO (Non-Seamless WLAN Of fload) service or IFOM (IP Flow Mobility ( IP flow mobility) or MAPCON (Multiple Access PDN Connectivity), etc. Further, the UE determines whether to adopt WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or requirements of the accessed services. The WLAN network provides the NSWO. When the service accessed by the UE does not need to ensure the continuity of the service, and the Internet can provide the service accessed by the UE, the UE can select to access the first WLAN AP and use the NSWO to access the service. When the WLAN network supports the MAPCON, the WLAN network supports the MAPCON. When the service provider packet core network provides services for the UE to access, the UE may choose to access the first WLAN AP and use MAPCON to access the service; when the WLAN network supports the IFOM traffic distribution mode, and the UE accesses the service When the service continuity is required, and the WLAN network and the UE support the IFOM, the UE may select to access the first WLAN AP. By way of IP flow mobility access service.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息来确定 第一 WLAN AP所支持的分流方式, UE自身的支持分流的能力和 /或访问业 务的要求确定接入的第一 WLAN AP , 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的效率, 并 且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
可选地, UE的能力可支持的 PLMN ID可以预先配置在 UE中, 也可以 由网络策略实体下发给 UE,还可以由运营商在 SIM/USIM卡中配置。 UE根 据第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所 支持的 PLMN ID , 具体可以包括: Optionally, the PLMN ID that can be supported by the capability of the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or It is sent by the network policy entity to the UE, and can also be configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card. The UE determines, according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, and specifically includes:
UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID与存储 在 UE的 PLMN ID的对应关系,确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持 的 PLMN ID。  The UE determines, according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the UE, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
一般情况下, 第一蜂窝网络站点会通知 UE该站点支持的 PLMN ID,但 是 WLAN AP并不一定支持第一蜂窝网络站点支持的 PLMN ID。 可选地, WLAN AP的信息可以包括第一蜂窝网络站点支持的 PLMN ID列表, 对于 PLMN ID 列表中的每个 PLMN ID 相应地增加指示位来指示哪个或哪些 WLAN AP也支持该 PLMN ID, UE获得指示后, 根据指示确定 UE接入的 第一 WLAN AP, UE的能力也支持第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID。 这样, UE接入第一 WLAN AP后, 能够接入或漫游到 PLMN。  In general, the first cellular network site notifies the UE of the PLMN ID supported by the station, but the WLAN AP does not necessarily support the PLMN ID supported by the first cellular network site. Optionally, the information of the WLAN AP may include a PLMN ID list supported by the first cellular network site, and an indication bit is correspondingly added for each PLMN ID in the PLMN ID list to indicate which WLAN AP or the PLMN ID is also supported by the UE. After obtaining the indication, the first WLAN AP accessed by the UE is determined according to the indication, and the capability of the UE also supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP. In this way, after the UE accesses the first WLAN AP, it can access or roam to the PLMN.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 在一种可能的实现方式下, 当 UE处于空 闲态且驻留在第一蜂窝网络站点, 在步骤 201 中, UE可以接收第一蜂窝网 络站点发送的 BCCH ( Broadcast Control Channel, 广播控制信道), BCCH 携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的第一 WLAN AP的信息。 换句话说, UE可以 通过读取第一蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH来获得第一 WLAN AP的信息。  Optionally, as another embodiment, in a possible implementation manner, when the UE is in an idle state and camped on the first cellular network site, in step 201, the UE may receive the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site. (Broadcast Control Channel), the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. In other words, the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the first cellular network station.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 在另一种可能的实现方式下, 当 UE处于 连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点时, UE可以根据第二蜂窝网络站点的指 导接收并读取第一蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH, BCCH携带第一蜂窝网络站 点生成的第一 WLAN AP的信息。 具体的第二蜂窝网络站点指导 UE的过程 可以参考现有技术, 此处不再赘述。 进一步地, UE可以向第二蜂窝站点发 送第一 RRC ( Radio Resource Control, 无线资源控制) 消息, 第一 RRC消 息用于通知第二蜂窝网络站点该 UE能够接入第一 WLAN AP。  Optionally, as another embodiment, in another possible implementation manner, when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site, the UE may receive and read the first according to the guidance of the second cellular network site. The BCCH sent by a cellular network station, the BCCH carrying information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. The process of guiding the UE by the specific second cellular network site may refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again. Further, the UE may send a first RRC (Radio Resource Control) message to the second cell site, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cell network station that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
例如, 如图 3的蜂窝网络场景示意图所示, UE 304连接到第二蜂窝网 络站点(图 3所示的宏基站 eNB 303 )进行业务数据的传输。 UE 304获取第 一 WLAN AP的信息的交互图可以示意性的如图 4所示:  For example, as shown in the cellular network scenario diagram of Figure 3, UE 304 is coupled to a second cellular network site (macro base station eNB 303 shown in Figure 3) for transmission of traffic data. An interaction diagram of the UE 304 acquiring information of the first WLAN AP may be schematically shown in FIG. 4:
步骤 401 , 宏基站 eNB 303在测量配置消息(如 RRC连接重配置消息) 中携带目标蜂窝站点 (图 3所示的家庭基站 HeNB 301 ) 的测量配置下发给 UE 304, UE 304对 HeNB 301进行测量以便获得测量报告。 UE接收的测量 配置消息中包括了 HeNB 301的物理小区 ID (如 LTE的 PCI ( physical cell identity物理小区标识)或 UMTS的 PSC( Primary Scrambling Code,主扰码 ) )。 Step 401: The macro eNB 303 sends the measurement configuration of the target cell site (the home base station HeNB 301 shown in FIG. 3) to the UE 304 in the measurement configuration message (such as the RRC connection reconfiguration message), and the UE 304 performs the HeNB 301 on the HeNB 301. Measure to get a measurement report. Measurements received by the UE The configuration message includes the physical cell ID of the HeNB 301 (such as PCI (physical cell identity) of LTE or PSC (Primary Scrambling Code) of UMTS).
步骤 402, 宏基站 eNB 303根据 HeNB 301的物理小区 ID指导 UE 304 读取该 HeNB 301的系统消息 BCCH。  Step 402: The macro base station eNB 303 instructs the UE 304 to read the system message BCCH of the HeNB 301 according to the physical cell ID of the HeNB 301.
步骤 403 , UE读取 HeNB 301广播的系统消息如( BCCH )中的 CGI( Cell Global Identifier, 全球小区识别码), TAI ( Tracking Area Identifier, 跟踪区 标识符)或 CSG ID ( Closed Subscriber Group ID, 闭合用户组标识)等测量 报告中需要的信息外, 进一步从集成 WLAN AP 302的 HeNB 301的系统信 息中读取第一 WLAN AP( WLAN AP 302 )的信息。当 UE 304确定接入 WLAN AP 302时, 可选地, 可以不上报 HeNB 301的测量报告给宏基站 eNB 303。  Step 403: The UE reads a system message broadcast by the HeNB 301, such as a CGI (Cell Global Identifier), a TAI (Tracking Area Identifier), or a CSG ID (Closed Subscriber Group ID) in the (BCCH). The information of the first WLAN AP (WLAN AP 302) is further read from the system information of the HeNB 301 of the integrated WLAN AP 302, in addition to the information required in the measurement report. When the UE 304 determines to access the WLAN AP 302, optionally, the measurement report of the HeNB 301 may not be reported to the macro base station eNB 303.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 在另一种可能的实现方式下, 当 UE处于 连接态且连接到第一蜂窝网络站点时, 在步骤 201 中, UE可以接收第一蜂 窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC消息, 第二 RRC消息携带第一蜂窝网络站点生 成的第一 WLAN AP的信息。 也就是说, UE可以通过读取第一蜂窝网络站 点发送的第二 RRC消息获取第一 WLAN AP的信息。 其中第二 RRC消息可 以是 RRC连接重配置( RRC Connection Reconfiguration )或者 RRC连接建 立 ( RRC Connection Setup ) 或者 RRC 连接重建 ( RRC Connection Re-establishment )等消息, 应理解本发明实施例对此并不限定。  Optionally, as another embodiment, in another possible implementation manner, when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, in step 201, the UE may receive the first cellular network site to send The second RRC message carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. That is, the UE may obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the second RRC message sent by the first cellular network site. The second RRC message may be a message such as an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection setup (RRC Connection Setup) or an RRC connection re-establishment. .
可选地,作为另一个实施例, UE可以向第一蜂窝网络站点发送第三 RRC 消息,第三 RRC消息用于通知第一蜂窝网络站点该 UE能够接入第一 WLAN AP。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the UE may send a third RRC message to the first cellular network station, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network station that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
图 5是本发明一个实施例的实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法的 流程图。 图 5的方法由蜂窝网络站点 (如 LTE的 eNB或者 CDMA的 BTS 等)执行, 并且与图 2的方法相对应, 因此将适当省略与图 2的实施例重复 的描述。  Figure 5 is a flow diagram of a method of implementing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless local area network in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. The method of Fig. 5 is performed by a cellular network site (e.g., an eNB of LTE or a BTS of CDMA, etc.) and corresponds to the method of Fig. 2, and thus the description overlapping with the embodiment of Fig. 2 will be omitted as appropriate.
501 , 第一蜂窝网络站点生成第一 WLAN AP的信息;  501. The first cellular network site generates information about the first WLAN AP.
其中第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围具有重 叠区域。  The coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
需要说明的是, 第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖 范围具有重叠区域, 包含在第一蜂窝网络站点上集成 WLAN AP或者在第一 蜂窝网络站点的邻近区域内布放 WLAN AP的情况。 502, 第一蜂窝网络站点向 UE发送第一 WLAN AP的信息, 以指示 UE 根据第一 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP, 在确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。 It should be noted that the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or deploying the WLAN in the vicinity of the first cellular network site. The situation of the AP. 502. The first cellular network station sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the UE, to instruct the UE to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and obtain access to the first WLAN AP. The first WLAN AP.
本发明实施例中, 第一蜂窝网络站点生成第一 WLAN AP的信息, 第一 蜂窝网络站点将第一 WLAN AP的信息发送给 UE。这样, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP,在确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况 下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。 因此, UE无需从核心网用户面的 ANDSF实体来 接收接入网的相关信息, 直接接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的 WLAN AP的信息, 减少时延, 提高效率。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the first cellular network station generates information of the first WLAN AP, and the first cellular network station sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the UE. In this way, the UE determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP. Therefore, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
另夕卜, UE根据接收到的 WLAN AP的信息确定接入第一 WLAN AP的 情况下才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避免持续不断的扫 描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  In addition, the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 第一 WLAN AP的信息可以包括至少下列之 一: 第一 WLAN AP的标识, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息和第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID等等。 应理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, as an embodiment, the information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, and a first WLAN. Information about the WLAN access mode supported by the AP, information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
其中, 第一 WLAN AP的标识由 UE用于确定第一蜂窝网络站点是否集 成第一 WLAN AP, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息由 UE用于确定 UE所 处的位置是否位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息由 UE用于确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息由 UE用于确定 UE的能力是 否支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 分流方式的信息由 UE用于确定第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足 UE 访问的业务的要求, 以及第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID由 UE用于确定 UE的能力是否支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  The identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the location where the UE is located is located in the first WLAN AP. The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine the UE. Whether the capability supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the UE, and the first The PLMN ID supported by the WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
当 UE确定满足上述至少一个条件 (为 "是") 时, UE确定接入第一 WLAN AP。具体地, UE如何确定上述至少一个条件的实施例可以参考上述, 此处不再赘述。  When the UE determines that the above at least one condition is satisfied (YES), the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP. Specifically, an embodiment of how the UE determines the foregoing at least one condition may refer to the foregoing, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,第一 WLAN AP的标识可以是 BSSID , SSID , HESSID和 OUI/OI 中的一个或多个。 其中, BSSID是 AP的 MAC地址, 是 AP的全球唯一标 识。 SSID是运营商 WLAN的业务集标识,标识运营商 WLAN网络。 OUI/OI 是 WLAN漫游组织的唯一标识, UE可以通过 OUI/OI确定是否可以通过该 OUI/OI对应的 WLAN AP漫游接入到该 UE的归属网络(提供 WLAN签约 网络)。 可以在 UE中预先配置该 UE可接入的 WLAN AP的标识, 或者由接 收网络侧设备(如网络策略实体 ANDSF ) 下发给 UE, 或者由运营商在 SIM/USIM 卡中配置, 等等。 应理解, 本发明对于 UE如何获知可接入的 WLAN AP的标识的方式并不限定。 Optionally, the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of a BSSID, an SSID, a HESSID, and an OUI/OI. The BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the globally unique identifier of the AP. Knowledge. The SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the operator's WLAN network. The OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI. The identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the present invention learns the identity of the WLAN AP that can be accessed by the UE is not limited.
可选地, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、以及第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏移值。 等等。 应 理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network. The ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site. and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
可选地,第一蜂窝网络站点生成并向 UE发送第一 WLAN AP的信息外, 还可以生成并向 UE发送其它 WLAP AP的信息。 也就是说, 第一蜂窝网络 站点生成并向 UE发送至少一个 WLAN AP的信息, 至少一个 WLAN AP的 信息中包括第一 WLAP AP的信息。 进一步地, 当 UE根据 WLAN AP的发 射功率信息所处的位置位于多个 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内时, 优选地, UE 确定接入的第一 WLAN AP是多个 WLAN AP中发射功率值最大; 或者, 第 一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率等级中等级最大 的。 或者, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比 值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值中最 大的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的发射功率小于第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率时, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值 是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最 小的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率时, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值 是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最 大的。  Optionally, the first cellular network station generates and sends information of the first WLAN AP to the UE, and may also generate and send information of other WLAP APs to the UE. That is, the first cellular network site generates and transmits information of at least one WLAN AP to the UE, and the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes information of the first WLAP AP. Further, when the UE is located in the coverage of the multiple WLAN APs according to the location where the WLAN AP's transmit power information is located, preferably, the UE determines that the accessed first WLAN AP is the largest transmit power value among the multiple WLAN APs; Alternatively, the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs. Alternatively, the ratio of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is smaller than the transmit power of the first cellular network station, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs. The offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the smallest. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network station, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs. The offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功 率信息来确定 UE所处的位置是否位于 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 接入信号 质量较好的 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的通信质量并提高接入 WLAN AP的 成功率,并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并 接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系 统资源并节省 UE的功耗。 The information about the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE includes the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is located in the WLAN. Within the coverage of the AP, access the WLAN AP with better signal quality to ensure the communication quality of the user and improve access to the WLAN AP. Success rate, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving UE power consumption. .
可选地, 第一 WLAN AP的信息还可以包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用 信息, 其中第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 第一 WLAN AP的 CPU处理资源信息、 以及第一 WLAN AP的连接容量信息。 应理解, 本发明 实施例对此并不限定。 UE接收第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第一 WLAN AP的 信息包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息,当 UE满足下列至少一个条件时, UE确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 具体包括: 第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比小 于第一比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大 于第二比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比 大于第三比例阈值; 以及第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的 百分比小于第四比例阈值。 等等。  Optionally, the information of the first WLAN AP may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN AP The backhaul bandwidth information, the CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto. Receiving, by the UE, the information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, when the UE meets the following at least one condition, the UE determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, The method includes: the percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth of the AP idle to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括的第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息来确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源是否满足 UE的资源需求, 接入 网络资源使用较小的 WLAN AP,从而保证用户的业务质量并提升用户体验, 并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP included in the information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE, and the UE determines the unused resources of the first WLAN AP according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. Whether the resource requirements of the UE are met, the access network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP, thereby ensuring the user's service quality and improving the user experience, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first time when determining to access the first WLAN AP. A WLAN AP avoids continuous scanning and attempted access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving UE power consumption.
可选地, 第一 WLAN支持的 WLAN接入方式(即 UE接入 WLAN的 方式),如 3GPP定义的 I-WLAN, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I和 S2a II等。 具备不同能力的 UE接入 WLAN的方式也是不同的。 如果运营商的 WLAN网络只支持其中的一种或几种接入方式,而 UE的能力不支持 WLAN 网络所支持的任意一种接入方式时, UE就无法接入该 WLAN AP。  Optionally, the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN (that is, the manner in which the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II. The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is also different. If the WLAN network of the carrier supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP 支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息来确定第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入 方式, UE的能力支持确定接入的第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的成功率, 并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时 才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避免持续不断的扫描和尝 试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。 The information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first eNB to the UE includes the WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines the WLAN access mode according to the information supported by the first WLAN AP. The WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP, the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access mode supported by the accessed first WLAN AP, Therefore, the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
另外, UE从第一蜂窝站点得到的第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信 息, 即该 WLAN网络是否提供 NSWO服务或或 IFOM或 MAPCON等。 进 一步地, UE 根据自身的能力和 /或访问的业务的要求, 来确定是否采用 WLAN AP分流。  In addition, the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP obtained by the UE from the first cell site, that is, whether the WLAN network provides the NSWO service or IFOM or MAPCON, and the like. Further, the UE determines whether to use the WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or the requirements of the services accessed.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息来确定 第一 WLAN AP所支持的分流方式, UE自身的支持分流的能力和 /或访问业 务的要求确定接入的第一 WLAN AP , 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的效率, 并 且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,在一种可能的实现方式下,在步骤 502中, 第一蜂窝网络站点可以向 UE发送 BCCH, BCCH携带第一蜂窝网络站点生 成的第一 WLAN AP的信息。 换句话说, UE可以通过读取第一蜂窝网络站 点发送的 BCCH来获得第一 WLAN AP的信息。其中 UE处于空闲态且驻留 在第一蜂窝网络站点, 或者 UE处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点。  Optionally, in another possible implementation, in a possible implementation, in step 502, the first cellular network station may send a BCCH to the UE, where the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. . In other words, the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site. The UE is in an idle state and camps on the first cellular network site, or the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site.
在另一种可能的实现方式下, 在步骤 502中, 第一蜂窝网络站点可以向 UE发送第二 RRC消息, 第二 RRC消息携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的第一 WLAN AP的信息, 其中 UE处于连接态且连接到第一蜂窝网络站点。 也就 是说, UE可以通过读取第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC消息获取 WLAN AP的信息。其中第二 RRC消息可以是 RRC连接重配置或者 RRC连接建立 或者 RRC连接重建等消息, 应理解本发明实施例对此并不限定。  In another possible implementation, in step 502, the first cellular network station may send a second RRC message to the UE, where the second RRC message carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the UE In the connected state and connected to the first cellular network site. That is to say, the UE can obtain the information of the WLAN AP by reading the second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station. The second RRC message may be a message such as an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection establishment or an RRC connection reestablishment. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,第一蜂窝网络站点通过 UE发送的第三 RRC 消息获知该 UE能够接入第一 WLAN AP。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the first cellular network station learns that the UE can access the first WLAN AP by using the third RRC message sent by the UE.
图 6是本发明一个实施例的实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法的 过程的示意性流程图。  6 is a schematic flow chart of a process of implementing a method for interworking between a cellular network and a wireless local area network according to an embodiment of the present invention.
步骤 601 , 触发 UE接入 WLAN AP。  Step 601: Trigger the UE to access the WLAN AP.
其中第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与该 WLAN AP的覆盖范围具有重叠 区域, 包含在第一蜂窝网络站点上集成 WLAN AP或者在第一蜂窝网络站点 的邻近区域内布放 WLAN AP的情况。 Wherein the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the WLAN AP, including integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or at the first cellular network site The WLAN AP is placed in the vicinity of the area.
可选地, 当处于空闲态的 UE在该第一蜂窝站点附着或者在该第一蜂窝 站点进行位置更新后, UE有数据需要进行传输, 触发该处于空闲态的 UE 从第一蜂窝网络站点广播的系统消息 BCCH读取 WLAN AP的信息。或者处 于连接态且连接到其它蜂窝网络站点 (第二蜂窝网络站点) 的 UE切换到第 一蜂窝网络站点或者该 UE发起新业务, 触发该处于连接态的 UE从第一蜂 窝网络站点广播的系统消息 BCCH读取 WLAN AP的信息。  Optionally, after the UE in the idle state is attached to the first cell site or performs location update at the first cell site, the UE has data to be transmitted, and triggers the UE in the idle state to broadcast from the first cellular network site. The system message BCCH reads the information of the WLAN AP. Or the UE in the connected state and connected to the other cellular network site (the second cellular network site) switches to the first cellular network site or the UE initiates a new service, triggering the system in which the connected UE broadcasts from the first cellular network site The message BCCH reads the information of the WLAN AP.
可选地,处于连接态且连接到第一蜂窝网络站点的 UE进行数据传输(如 发起新业务),触发该处于连接态的 UE从第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC 消息中读取 WLAN AP的信息。 其中第二 RRC消息可以是 RRC连接重配置 或者 RRC连接建立或者 RRC连接重建等消息,应理解本发明实施例对此并 不限定。  Optionally, the UE in the connected state and connected to the first cellular network station performs data transmission (such as initiating a new service), and triggers the UE in the connected state to read the WLAN from the second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station. AP information. The second RRC message may be a message such as an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection establishment or an RRC connection reestablishment. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
步骤 602 , UE根据 WLAN AP的标识确定是否接入 WLAN AP。  Step 602: The UE determines, according to the identifier of the WLAN AP, whether to access the WLAN AP.
可选地, WLAN AP的标识可以是 BSSID, SSID, HESSID和 OUI/OI 中的一个或多个。 其中, BSSID是 AP的 MAC地址, 是 AP的全球唯一标 识。 SSID是运营商 WLAN的业务集标识,标识运营商 WLAN网络。 OUI/OI 是 WLAN漫游组织的唯一标识, UE可以通过 OUI/OI确定是否可以通过该 OUI/OI对应的 WLAN AP漫游接入到该 UE的归属网络(提供 WLAN签约 网络)。 可以在 UE中预先配置该 UE可接入的 WLAN AP的标识, 或者由接 收网络侧设备(如网络策略实体 ANDSF ) 下发给 UE, 或者由运营商在 SIM/USIM 卡中配置, 等等。 应理解, 本发明对于 UE如何获知可接入的 WLAN AP的标识的方式并不限定。  Optionally, the identifier of the WLAN AP may be one or more of a BSSID, an SSID, a HESSID, and an OUI/OI. The BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the globally unique identifier of the AP. The SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the carrier's WLAN network. The OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI. The identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the UE learns the identity of the accessible WLAN AP is not limited.
可选地, UE可以根据接收的 WLAN AP的信息中的 WLAN AP的标识 与预先配置在该 UE中的该 UE可接入的 WLAN AP的标识的对应关系, 确 定该 WLAN AP是否是 UE可接入的 WLAN AP。  Optionally, the UE may determine, according to the correspondence between the identifier of the WLAN AP in the information of the received WLAN AP and the identifier of the WLAN AP that is pre-configured in the UE, the UE determines whether the WLAN AP is reachable by the UE. Incoming WLAN AP.
如果该 WLAN AP不是 UE可接入的 WLAN AP, 则 UE执行步骤 609, 不打开 UE的 WLAN模块; 如果该 WLAN AP是 UE可接入的 WLAN AP, 可选地, UE执行步骤 603。  If the WLAN AP is not a WLAN AP that the UE can access, the UE performs step 609, and does not open the WLAN module of the UE. If the WLAN AP is a WLAN AP that the UE can access, the UE optionally performs step 603.
步骤 603 , UE确定 WLAN AP是否为第一蜂窝网络基站集成的 WLAN Step 603: The UE determines whether the WLAN AP is a WLAN integrated by the first cellular network base station.
AP。 AP.
可选地, 当 UE预先配置的可接入的 WLAN AP的标识仅包括在第一蜂 窝网络基站集成的 WLAN AP的标识时, UE在步骤 602中确定的可接入的 WLAN AP也属于第一蜂窝网络基站集成的 WLAN AP。 或者, UE可以根据 WLAN AP信息中 WLAN AP的标识的指示信息来判断是否为第一蜂窝网络 基站集成的 WLAN AP。 具体的例子可以参考上述, 此处不再赘述。 Optionally, when the UE is configured in advance, the identifier of the accessible WLAN AP is only included in the first bee. When the identity of the WLAN AP integrated by the base station is set, the accessible WLAN AP determined by the UE in step 602 also belongs to the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular network base station. Alternatively, the UE may determine, according to the indication information of the identifier of the WLAN AP in the WLAN AP information, whether it is a WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular network base station. For specific examples, reference may be made to the above, and details are not described herein again.
如果 UE确定与该 WLAN AP的标识对应的 WLAN AP不是第一蜂窝网 络基站集成的 WLAN AP , 则 UE执行步骤 609 , 确定不接入该 WLAN AP; 如果 UE确定与该 WLAN AP的标识对应的 WLAN AP是第一蜂窝网络基站 集成的 WLAN AP, 可选地, 执行步骤 604。  If the UE determines that the WLAN AP corresponding to the identifier of the WLAN AP is not the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular network base station, the UE performs step 609 to determine not to access the WLAN AP; if the UE determines the WLAN corresponding to the identifier of the WLAN AP The AP is a WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular network base station. Optionally, step 604 is performed.
步骤 604 , UE确定是否可以通过 WLAN AP接入或漫游 PLMN。  Step 604: The UE determines whether the PLMN can be accessed or roamed through the WLAN AP.
可选地, UE可以确定 UE的能力支持的 PLMN ID, UE还接收第一蜂 窝网络基站发送的 PLMN ID的指示, 根据该指示来确定 WLAN AP是否支 持该 PLMN ID。 当 UE的能力也支持 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID时, UE 确定可以通过该 WLAN AP接入或漫游 PLMN。 其中 UE的能力可支持的 PLMN ID可以预先配置在 UE中, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE, 还可 以由运营商在 SIM/USIM卡中配置。  Optionally, the UE may determine a PLMN ID supported by the capability of the UE, and the UE further receives an indication of the PLMN ID sent by the first cellular network base station, and determines, according to the indication, whether the WLAN AP supports the PLMN ID. When the capability of the UE also supports the PLMN ID supported by the WLAN AP, the UE determines that the PLMN can be accessed or roamed through the WLAN AP. The PLMN ID that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE, or may be configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card.
如果 UE确定不能通过该 WLAN AP接入或漫游 PLMN , 则 UE执行步 骤 609 ,确定不接入该 WLAN AP;如果 UE确定可以通过该 WLAN AP接入 或漫游 PLMN, 可选地, 执行步骤 606。  If the UE determines that the PLMN cannot be accessed or roamed through the WLAN AP, the UE performs step 609 to determine not to access the WLAN AP; if the UE determines that the PLMN can be accessed or roamed through the WLAN AP, optionally, step 606 is performed.
步骤 606, UE确定 UE的能力是否支持 WLAN AP所支持的接入方式。 可选地, WLAN接入方式,如 3GPP定义的 I-WLAN, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a l和 S2a II等。 UE可以根据 WLAN AP信息中 WLAN AP支 持的 WLAN接入方式来确定 UE的能力是否支持该 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式。 UE的能力可支持的 WLAN接入方式可以预先配置在 UE 中, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。  Step 606: The UE determines whether the capability of the UE supports the access mode supported by the WLAN AP. Optionally, the WLAN access mode, such as I-WLAN defined by 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a l, and S2a II. The UE can determine whether the capability of the UE supports the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP according to the WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP in the WLAN AP information. The WLAN access mode that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
如果 UE确定 UE的能力不支持该 WLAN AP所支持的任意一种接入方 式, 则 UE执行步骤 609 , 确定不接入该 WLAN AP。 如果 UE确定 UE的能 力支持该 WLAN AP所支持的至少一种接入方式, 可选地, 执行步骤 606。 另外, 可选地, UE还可以根据 WLAN AP信息中的第一 WLAN AP支持的 分流方式的信息, 以及自身的能力和 /或访问的业务的要求,来确定是否采用 WLAN AP分流。。 如果 UE确定该 WLAN AP不能够提供分流服务, 则 UE 执行步骤 609; 如果 UE确定该 WLAN AP能够提供分流服务, 可选地, UE 执行步骤 606。 If the UE determines that the capability of the UE does not support any one of the access modes supported by the WLAN AP, the UE performs step 609 to determine not to access the WLAN AP. If the UE determines that the capability of the UE supports at least one access mode supported by the WLAN AP, step 606 is optionally performed. In addition, the UE may further determine whether to adopt the WLAN AP offload according to the information of the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP in the WLAN AP information, and the capability of the UE and the requirements of the accessed service. . If the UE determines that the WLAN AP is unable to provide the offloading service, the UE performs step 609; if the UE determines that the WLAN AP can provide the offloading service, optionally, the UE Step 606 is performed.
可选地, 当 UE在该第一蜂窝站点针对某个 WLAN AP 已执行过步骤 601-606, 且都满足步骤 601-606的条件(均为 "是,,), UE再次触发接入该 WLAN AP时, 无需执行步骤 601-606, 可以直接执行步骤 606。  Optionally, when the UE has performed steps 601-606 for the WLAN AP at the first cell site, and both meet the conditions of steps 601-606 (all "yes,"), the UE triggers access to the WLAN again. For the AP, step 606 can be directly performed without performing steps 601-606.
步骤 606, UE确定 UE所处的位置是否位于 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围 内。  Step 606: The UE determines whether the location where the UE is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP.
可选地, UE可以根据第一蜂窝站点的发射功率和接收的第一蜂窝站点 的信号强度估计 UE所处的位置, 通过 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定 UE 所处的位置是否在该 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围内。 具体地, 当 UE确定该 WLAN AP的发射功率值(或等级) 大于一定门限值, 或者该 WLAN AP的 发射功率值与第一蜂窝站点的发射功率值的比值大于一定的比值, 或者, 该 WLAN AP的发射功率值与第一蜂窝站点的发射功率值的偏移值值小于一定 的阈值时, UE确定 UE所处的位置在该 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围内。 这 些判决门限值或阈值可以预先设置在 UE上, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。  Optionally, the UE may estimate the location where the UE is located according to the transmit power of the first cell site and the received signal strength of the first cell site, and determine, by using transmit power information of the WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is at the WLAN AP. Within the effective coverage. Specifically, when the UE determines that the transmit power value (or level) of the WLAN AP is greater than a certain threshold, or the ratio of the transmit power value of the WLAN AP to the transmit power value of the first cell site is greater than a certain ratio, or When the value of the offset value of the transmit power value of the WLAN AP and the transmit power value of the first cell site is less than a certain threshold, the UE determines that the location where the UE is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP. The thresholds or thresholds may be pre-set on the UE or sent to the UE by the network policy entity.
通过上述方案, UE将 UE所处的位置是否位于 WLAN AP的有效覆盖 范围内作为接入该 WLAN AP的判决条件, 能够准确选择接入信号质量较好 的 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的通信质量并提高接入 WLAN AP的成功率。  With the above solution, the UE determines whether the location of the UE is located in the effective coverage of the WLAN AP as a decision condition for accessing the WLAN AP, and can accurately select a WLAN AP with a good access signal quality, thereby ensuring the communication quality of the user. Improve the success rate of accessing WLAN APs.
如果 UE确定 UE所处的位置不在 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围内,则 UE 执行步骤 609, 确定不接入该 WLAN AP。 如果 UE确定 UE所处的位置在 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围内, 可选地, 执行步骤 607。  If the UE determines that the location where the UE is located is not within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP, the UE performs step 609 to determine not to access the WLAN AP. If the UE determines that the location where the UE is located is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP, step 607 is optionally performed.
步骤 607 , UE确定 WLAN AP的资源使用情况是否满足条件。  Step 607: The UE determines whether the resource usage of the WLAN AP meets the condition.
可选地, WLAN AP的资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: WLAN AP的 空口资源信息、 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 WLAN AP的 CPU处理资源信 息和 WLAN AP的连接容量信息等。 应理解, 本发明实施例对此并不限定。  Optionally, the resource usage information of the WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: the air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the WLAN AP, the CPU processing resource information of the WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
具体地, 当 UE确定该 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处 理资源的百分比的最大值小于第一比例阈值, 并且该 WLAN AP已用的连接 容量占总的连接容量的百分比的最大值小于第四比例阈值, 或者该 WLAN AP 空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比的最小值大于第二比例阈值, 或 者该 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比大于第三比例阈值 时, UE判定该 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 即 WLAN AP 的资源使用情况满足条件。 应理解, UE可以考虑 WLAN AP的资源使用信 息中的一种或多种来判定 WLAN AP的资源使用情况是否满足条件, 本发明 实施对此不作限制。 Specifically, when the UE determines that the maximum value of the CPU processing resources used by the WLAN AP in the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold, and the connected capacity of the WLAN AP accounts for the largest percentage of the total connection capacity. The value is less than the fourth ratio threshold, or the minimum value of the air interface resource that is idle in the WLAN AP is greater than the second ratio threshold, or the percentage of the backhaul bandwidth of the WLAN AP that is idle is greater than the total backhaul bandwidth. When the threshold is used, the UE determines that the unused resources of the WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, that is, the WLAN AP. The resource usage meets the conditions. It should be understood that the UE may determine whether the resource usage of the WLAN AP satisfies the condition by considering one or more of the resource usage information of the WLAN AP, which is not limited by the implementation of the present invention.
如果 UE确定 WLAN AP的资源使用情况不满足条件, 则 UE执行步骤 609, 确定不接入该 WLAN AP。 如果 WLAN AP的资源使用情况满足条件, 可选地, 执行步骤 608。  If the UE determines that the resource usage of the WLAN AP does not meet the condition, the UE performs step 609 to determine not to access the WLAN AP. If the resource usage of the WLAN AP meets the condition, step 608 is optionally performed.
应当注意的是, 在图 6的流程中, 本发明实施例对步骤 602至步骤 607 的执行顺序并不限定, 并且步骤 602至步骤 607并不限定每个步骤都需要执 行。 可选地, 可以选择步骤 602至步骤 607中的一个或多个。  It should be noted that, in the flow of FIG. 6, the order of execution of steps 602 to 607 in the embodiment of the present invention is not limited, and steps 602 to 607 do not limit each step to be performed. Alternatively, one or more of steps 602 to 607 may be selected.
步骤 608 , UE确定接入 WLAN AP。  Step 608: The UE determines to access the WLAN AP.
步骤 610, UE切换数据业务到 WLAN AP, 或者 WLAN AP与第一蜂窝 网络站点为该 UE提供分流服务。  Step 610: The UE switches the data service to the WLAN AP, or the WLAN AP and the first cellular network site provide a shunt service for the UE.
可选地, 在 UE接入 WLAN AP之前, UE打开 WLAN模块并接入该 WLAN AP0 Alternatively, before the WLAN UE accesses the AP, the WLAN module and open the UE to access the WLAN AP 0
可选地, 当 UE处于连接态且连接到第一蜂窝网络站点时, UE可以向 第一蜂窝网络站点发送第三 RRC消息, 第三 RRC消息用于通知第一蜂窝网 络站点该 UE能够接入 WLAN AP。 或者, 可选地, 当 UE处于连接态且连 接到第二蜂窝网络站点时, UE可以向第二蜂窝站点发送第一 RRC ,第一 RRC 消息用于通知第二蜂窝网络站点该 UE能够接入 WLAN AP。  Optionally, when the UE is in the connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, the UE may send a third RRC message to the first cellular network site, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network station that the UE can access WLAN AP. Alternatively, optionally, when the UE is in the connected state and connected to the second cellular network site, the UE may send the first RRC to the second cellular site, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network station that the UE can access WLAN AP.
步骤 609 , UE确定不接入 WLAN AP。  Step 609: The UE determines not to access the WLAN AP.
因此, UE无需从核心网用户面的 ANDSF实体来接收接入网的相关信 息,直接接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的 WLAN AP的信息,减少时延, 提高效率。另夕卜, UE根据接收到的 WLAN AP的信息确定接入该 WLAN AP 的情况下才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入该 WLAN AP,避免持续不断的扫 描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  Therefore, the UE does not need to receive information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, and directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, thereby reducing delay and improving efficiency. In addition, the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
图 7是本发明一个实施例的用户设备的结构框图。 该 UE 600包括接收 单元 701、 确定单元 702和接入单元 703。  FIG. 7 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention. The UE 600 includes a receiving unit 701, a determining unit 702, and an access unit 703.
接收单元 701 , 用于第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的 信息。  The receiving unit 701 is configured to: information about the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network site.
确定单元 702, 用于根据接收单元 701接收的第一 WLAN AP的信息确 定是否接入第一 WLAN AP。 接入单元 703 ,用于在确定单元 702确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。 The determining unit 702 is configured to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP received by the receiving unit 701. The access unit 703 is configured to access the first WLAN AP if the determining unit 702 determines to access the first WLAN AP.
其中第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围具有重 叠区域。  The coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
需要说明的是, 第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖 范围具有重叠区域, 包含在第一蜂窝网络站点上集成第一 WLAN AP或者在 第一蜂窝网络站点的邻近区域内布放第一 WLAN AP的情况。  It should be noted that the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the first WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or in the adjacent area of the first cellular network site. Put the first WLAN AP.
通过上述方案, UE无需从核心网用户面的 ANDSF实体来接收接入网 的相关信息, 直接接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信 息, 减少时延, 提高效率。  Through the foregoing solution, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the first WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
UE700可实现图 1至图 6的实施例中涉及 UE的操作,因此为避免重复, 不再详细描述。  The UE 700 can implement operations related to the UE in the embodiments of FIG. 1 to FIG. 6, and therefore, in order to avoid repetition, details are not described in detail.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, UE还可以包括打开单元 704, 打开单元 704 用于打开 UE的 WLAN模块。 这样, 打开单元 704在确定单元 702根据接 收到的 WLAN AP的信息确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而 有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  Optionally, as an embodiment, the UE may further include an opening unit 704, and the opening unit 704 is configured to open a WLAN module of the UE. In this way, the opening unit 704 opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP if the determining unit 702 determines to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting to connect. In, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving the power consumption of the UE.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 接收单元 701接收的第一 WLAN AP的信 息可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的标识, 第一 WLAN AP的发射 功率信息, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN 接入方式的信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息和第一 WLAN AP 支持的 PLMN ID等等。 应理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the information of the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiving unit 701 may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and a resource of the first WLAN AP. The usage information, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information of the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, and the like. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
第一 WLAN AP的标识可以是 BSSID, SSID, HESSID和 OUI/OI中的 一个或多个。 其中, BSSID是 AP的 MAC地址, 是 AP的全球唯一标识。 SSID是运营商 WLAN的业务集标识, 标识运营商 WLAN网络。 OUI/OI是 WLAN 漫游组织的唯一标识, UE可以通过 OUI/OI 确定是否可以通过该 OUI/OI对应的 WLAN AP漫游接入到该 UE的归属网络(提供 WLAN签约 网络)。 可以在 UE中预先配置该 UE可接入的 WLAN AP的标识, 或者由接 收网络侧设备(如网络策略实体 ANDSF ) 下发给 UE, 或者由运营商在 SIM/USIM 卡中配置, 等等。 应理解, 本发明对于 UE如何获知可接入的 WLAN AP的标识的方式并不限定。 UE通过第一 WLAN AP的标识确定第一 WLAN AP是 UE可接入的 WLAN AP。 The identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of a BSSID, an SSID, a HESSID, and an OUI/OI. The BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the global unique identifier of the AP. The SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN, and identifies the operator's WLAN network. The OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI. The identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the present invention learns the identity of the WLAN AP that can be accessed by the UE is not limited. The UE determines the first by the identifier of the first WLAN AP. A WLAN AP is a WLAN AP that the UE can access.
当确定单元 702确定满足下列至少一个条件时, 确定接入第一 WLAN When the determining unit 702 determines that the following at least one condition is met, determining to access the first WLAN
AP: AP:
确定单元 702根据第一 WLAN AP的标识确定第一蜂窝网络站点集成第 一 WLAN AP; 确定单元 702根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定 UE 所处的位置位于第一 WLAN AP 的覆盖范围内; 确定单元 702根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资 源需求; 确定单元 702根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息 确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式; 确定单元 702根据第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息确定第一 WLAN AP支持的 分流方式是否满足 UE访问的业务的要求; 以及确定单元 702 根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  The determining unit 702 determines that the first cellular network station integrates the first WLAN AP according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP; the determining unit 702 determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP; The determining unit 702 determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP; the determining unit 702 determines that the capability of the UE supports the first according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP. The WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP; the determining unit 702 determines, according to the information about the split mode supported by the first WLAN AP, whether the split mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirement of the service accessed by the UE; and the determining unit 702 is configured according to the first WLAN. The PLMN ID supported by the AP determines that the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
可选地, 确定单元 702可以具体用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP的标识与预 先设置的第一蜂窝网络站点集成的 WLAN AP的标识之间的对应关系, 确定 第一蜂窝网络站点集成第一 WLAN AP。 或者, UE可以根据第一 WLAN AP 的信息中的第一 WLAN 标识的指示信息确定第一蜂窝网络站点集成第一 WLAN AP。  Optionally, the determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: determine, according to a correspondence between the identifier of the first WLAN AP and the identifier of the WLAN AP integrated by the preset first cellular network site, that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP. Alternatively, the UE may determine, according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network station integrates the first WLAN AP.
可选地, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、以及第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏移值。 等等。 应 理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。 确定单元 702 可以具体用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围, 根据 UE接收 第一蜂窝站点的信号测量值确定 UE所处的位置, 根据第一 WLAN AP的覆 盖范围和 UE所处的位置确定 UE所处的位置位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范 围内。  Optionally, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network. The ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site. and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto. The determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: determine, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and determine, according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site, the location of the UE, according to the first WLAN AP The coverage and the location where the UE is located determine that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
当确定单元 702根据第一 WLAN AP的的发射功率信息确定 UE所处的 位置位于第一 WLAN AP 的覆盖范围内时, 确定单元 702 确定接入第一 WLAN AP。 进一步地, 该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值(或等级) 大于一 定门限值, 或者该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值与第一蜂窝站点的发射功率 值的比值大于一定的比值, 或者, 该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值与第一蜂 窝站点的发射功率值的偏移值值小于一定的阈值。这些判决门限值或阈值可 以预先设置在 UE上, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。 When the determining unit 702 determines that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the determining unit 702 determines to access the first WLAN AP. Further, the value (or level) of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than a certain threshold, or the ratio of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power value of the first cell site is greater than a certain ratio, or The transmit power value of the first WLAN AP and the first bee The offset value of the transmit power value of the nest site is less than a certain threshold. The thresholds or thresholds of the decision may be set in advance on the UE or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
具体地,确定单元 702可以根据第一蜂窝站点的发射功率和接收的第一 蜂窝站点的信号强度估计 UE所处的位置,确定单元 702可以通过 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息确定在第一蜂窝站点集成的 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围(如 该 UE可以接收该 WLAN AP的信号强度大于一定的信号阈值, 如 -65dBm 以上 ) , 并判断 UE所处的位置是否在该第一蜂窝站点集成的 WLAN AP的 有效覆盖范围内。 或者, 确定单元 702可以通过 WLAN AP的地理位置和 WLAN AP的发射功率信息来判断 UE当前所处的位置是否在该 WLAN AP 的有效覆盖范围内。  Specifically, the determining unit 702 may estimate the location where the UE is located according to the transmit power of the first cell site and the received signal strength of the first cell site, and the determining unit 702 may determine, by using the transmit power information of the WLAN AP, the first cell site integration. The effective coverage of the WLAN AP (for example, the UE can receive the signal strength of the WLAN AP greater than a certain signal threshold, such as -65 dBm or more), and determine whether the location of the UE is at the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular site. Within the effective coverage. Alternatively, the determining unit 702 can determine whether the current location of the UE is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP by using the geographic location of the WLAN AP and the transmit power information of the WLAN AP.
进一步地,接收单元 701除了用于接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的 第一 WLAN AP的信息外, 还可以用于接收其它 WLAP AP的信息, 也就是 说, 接收单元 701具体用于: 接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的至少一个 WLAN AP的信息, 至少一个 WLAN AP的信息中包括第一 WLAP AP的信 息。 优选地, 确定单元 702确定接入的第一 WLAN AP是多个 WLAN AP中 发射功率值最大; 或者, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级是多个 WLAN AP 的发射功率等级中等级最大的。或者,确定单元 702确定接入的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值是多个 WLAN AP的 发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值中最大的。 或者, 在第一 Further, the receiving unit 701 is configured to receive information of other WLAP APs, in addition to receiving information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network station, that is, the receiving unit 701 is specifically configured to: receive The information of the at least one WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, where the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP. Preferably, the determining unit 702 determines that the first WLAN AP that is accessed is the highest transmit power value of the plurality of WLAN APs; or the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs. Alternatively, the determining unit 702 determines that the ratio of the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, at first
WLAN AP的发射功率小于第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 确定单元 702 确定接入的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏 移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值 中最小的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于第一蜂窝网络站点的发 射功率时, 确定单元 702确定接入的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝 网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络 站点的发射功率的偏移值中最大的。 When the transmit power of the WLAN AP is smaller than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the determining unit 702 determines that the offset value of the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit of multiple WLAN APs. The smallest of the offset values of the power and the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the determining unit 702 determines that the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site are offset. The offset between the transmit power of the WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息来确定 UE所 处的位置是否位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内,接入信号质量较好的第一 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的通信质量并提高接入 WLAN AP的成功率, 并 且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。 The UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP with good signal quality, thereby ensuring the communication quality of the user. And improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and Save UE's power consumption.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 接收单元 701接收的第一 WLAN AP的信 息还可以包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 其中第一 WLAN AP的资源 使用信息包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、第一 WLAN AP的 CPU处理资源信息、以及第一 WLAN AP的连接容量信息。 应理解, 本发明实施例对此并不限定。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the information about the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiving unit 701 may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
确定单元 702 可以具体用于: 当满足下列至少一个条件时, 确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 具体包括:  The determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE when the at least one condition is met, specifically:
第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比小 于第一比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大 于第二比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比 大于第三比例阈值; 以及第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的 百分比小于第四比例阈值。 等等。  The percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle. The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
具体地, 确定单元 702可以用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息 中已用资源占总资源的百分比的最大值或未用资源占总资源的百分比的最 小值来确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP。 例如, 第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处 理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比的最大值小于第一比例阈值, 或者第 一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量(可以表示为已连接到该 AP的 UE的数目 ) 占总的连接容量的百分比的最大值小于第四比例阈值, 或者第一 WLAN AP 空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比的最小值大于第二比例阈值, 等等。 可选地, 这些判决的阈值可以预先设置在 UE上, 也可以由网络策略实体下 发给 UE。 当然, 确定单元 702可以考虑 WLAN AP的综合资源使用信息, 即资源使用信息中的多种来判断。  Specifically, the determining unit 702 may be configured to: determine whether to access the first according to a maximum value of the used resources in the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, or a minimum value of the unused resources as a percentage of the total resources. WLAN AP. For example, the maximum value of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP as a percentage of the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold, or the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP (may be represented as a UE connected to the AP) The maximum value of the percentage of the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold, or the minimum value of the air interface resource that is idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resource is greater than the second ratio threshold, and so on. Optionally, the threshold of the decision may be preset to the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE. Of course, the determining unit 702 can consider the comprehensive resource usage information of the WLAN AP, that is, the plurality of resource usage information.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息来确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源是否满足 UE的资源需求, 接入网络资源使用较小 的 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的业务质量并提升用户体验, 并且 UE在确定 接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避 免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入,从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  According to the foregoing solution, the UE determines, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, whether the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the access network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP, thereby ensuring the quality of the user and improving the service quality of the user. User experience, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE. .
可选地, UE的能力可支持的 WLAN接入方式可以预先配置在 UE中, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。 确定单元 702可以具体用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式与存储在 UE的 WLAN AP接入方式(可 以是预先设置的或者网络策略实体下发的)之间的对应关系, 确定 UE的能 力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式。 Optionally, the WLAN access mode supported by the capability of the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent to the UE by the network policy entity. The determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: according to the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the WLAN AP access mode stored in the UE ( The capability of the UE is supported by the first WLAN AP to support the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
WLAN接入方式(即 UE接入 WLAN的方式),如 3GPP定义的 I-WLAN ( WLAN Interworking ), I-WLAN mobility, 非可信接入 S2b, S2c, 可信接 入 S2a l ( Rel-11 )和 S2a II ( Rel-12 )等。 具备不同能力的 UE接入 WLAN 的方式也是不同的。 如果运营商的 WLAN网络只支持其中的一种或几种接 入方式, 而 UE的能力不支持 WLAN网络所支持的任意一种接入方式时, UE就无法接入该 WLAN AP。  WLAN access mode (that is, the way the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN (WLAN Interworking) defined by 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, non-trusted access S2b, S2c, trusted access S2a l (Rel-11) ) and S2a II (Rel-12) and so on. The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is different. If the WLAN network of the operator supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息 来确定第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, UE的能力支持确定接入 的第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的 成功率,并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并 接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系 统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access supported by the accessed first WLAN AP. The method further improves the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
另夕卜,接收单元 701从第一蜂窝站点得到的第一 WLAN AP支持的分流 方式的信息, 具体包括: 该 WLAN网络是否提供 NSWO服务或或 IFOM或 MAPCON等信息。 进一步地, 确定单元 702还可以用于根据自身的能力和 / 或访问的业务的要求, 来确定是否采用 WLAN AP分流。  In addition, the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP obtained by the receiving unit 701 from the first cell site specifically includes: whether the WLAN network provides information such as a NSWO service or an IFOM or a MAPCON. Further, the determining unit 702 can also be configured to determine whether to use the WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or the requirements of the accessed services.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息来确定 第一 WLAN AP所支持的分流方式, UE自身的支持分流的能力和 /或访问业 务的要求确定接入的第一 WLAN AP , 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的效率, 并 且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
可选地, UE的能力可支持的 PLMN ID可以预先配置在 UE中, 也可以 由网络策略实体下发给 UE, 还可以由运营商在 SIM/USIM卡中配置。 确定 单元 702可以具体用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP支持的第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID与存储在 UE的 PLMN ID的对应关系, 确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  Optionally, the PLMN ID that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE, or may be configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card. The determining unit 702 may be specifically configured to: determine, according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the UE, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 当 UE处于空闲态且驻留在第一蜂窝网络 站点时,接收单元 701可以具体用于:接收第一蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH, BCCH携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的第一 WLAN AP的信息。换句话说, UE 可以通过读取第一蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH来获得第一 WLAN AP的信 息。 Optionally, as another embodiment, when the UE is in an idle state and camps on the first cellular network site, the receiving unit 701 may be specifically configured to: receive the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site, The BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. In other words, the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 当 UE处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络 站点时, 接收单元 701可以具体用于: 根据第二蜂窝网络站点的指导接收并 读取第一蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH, BCCH携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的 第一 WLAN AP的信息。 具体的第二蜂窝网络站点指导 UE的过程可以参考 现有技术, 此处不再赘述。 进一步地, UE还可以包括第一发送单元 705, 第一发送单元 705用于: 向第二蜂窝站点发送第一 RRC消息, 第一 RRC消 息用于通知第二蜂窝网络站点该 UE能够接入第一 WLAN AP。  Optionally, as another embodiment, when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site, the receiving unit 701 may be specifically configured to: receive and read the first cellular network site according to the instruction of the second cellular network site. The transmitted BCCH, the BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. The process of guiding the UE by the specific second cellular network site may refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again. Further, the UE may further include a first sending unit 705, configured to: send, by the second cell site, a first RRC message, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network station that the UE can access the first A WLAN AP.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 接收单元 701可以具体用于: 当 UE处于 连接态且连接到第一蜂窝网络站点时, 接收第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC消息, 第二 RRC消息携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的第一 WLAN AP的 信息。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the receiving unit 701 may be specifically configured to: when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, receive a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, and the second RRC message Carrying information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, UE还可以包括第二发送单元 706, 第二 发送单元 706用于: 向第一蜂窝网络站点发送第三 RRC消息, 第三 RRC消 息用于通知第一蜂窝网络站点 UE能够接入第一 WLAN AP。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the UE may further include a second sending unit 706, where the second sending unit 706 is configured to: send a third RRC message to the first cellular network station, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cell. The network site UE can access the first WLAN AP.
图 8是本发明一个实施例的第一蜂窝网络站点的结构框图。第一蜂窝网 络站点 800包括生成单元 801和发送单元 802。  FIG. 8 is a structural block diagram of a first cellular network site according to an embodiment of the present invention. The first cellular network site 800 includes a generating unit 801 and a transmitting unit 802.
生成单元 801 , 用于生成无线局域网接入点第一 WLAN AP的信息。 其中第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围具有重 叠区域。  The generating unit 801 is configured to generate information of the first WLAN AP of the WLAN access point. The coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
需要说明的是, 第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖 范围具有重叠区域, 包含在第一蜂窝网络站点上集成 WLAN AP或者在第一 蜂窝网络站点的邻近区域内布放 WLAN AP的情况。  It should be noted that the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or deploying the WLAN in the vicinity of the first cellular network site. The situation of the AP.
发送单元 802,用于向 UE发送生成单元生成的第一 WLAN AP的信息, 以指示 UE根据 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP, 在确定接 入第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。  The sending unit 802 is configured to send, to the UE, information about the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit, to instruct the UE to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN AP, and determine to access the first WLAN AP, Enter the first WLAN AP.
本发明实施例中, 第一蜂窝网络站点生成第一 WLAN AP的信息, 第一 蜂窝网络站点将第一 WLAN AP的信息发送给 UE。这样, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP,在确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况 下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。 因此, UE无需从核心网用户面的 ANDSF实体来 接收接入网的相关信息, 直接接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的 WLAN AP的信息, 减少时延, 提高效率。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the first cellular network station generates information of the first WLAN AP, and the first cellular network station sends information of the first WLAN AP to the UE. In this way, the UE determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and determines to access the first WLAN AP. Next, access the first WLAN AP. Therefore, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
另夕卜, UE根据接收到的 WLAN AP的信息确定接入第一 WLAN AP的 情况下才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避免持续不断的扫 描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  In addition, the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
第一蜂窝网络站点 800可实现图 1至图 6的实施例中涉及第一蜂窝网络 站点的操作, 因此为避免重复, 不再详细描述。  The first cellular network site 800 may implement the operations of the first cellular network site in the embodiment of Figures 1 through 6, and thus will not be described in detail to avoid redundancy.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 发送单元 802发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息 可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的标识, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功 率信息, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN 接入方式的信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息和第一 WLAN AP 支持的 PLMN ID等等。 应理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, as an embodiment, the information of the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit 802 may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and a resource usage of the first WLAN AP. The information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information of the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, and the like. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
其中, 第一 WLAN AP的标识由 UE用于确定第一蜂窝网络站点是否集 成第一 WLAN AP, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息由 UE用于确定 UE所 处的位置是否位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息由 UE用于确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息由 UE用于确定 UE的能力是 否支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 分流方式的信息由 UE用于确定第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足 UE 访问的业务的要求, 以及第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID由 UE用于确定 UE的能力是否支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  The identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the location where the UE is located is located in the first WLAN AP. The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine the UE. Whether the capability supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the UE, and the first The PLMN ID supported by the WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
当 UE确定满足上述至少一个条件 (为 "是") 时, UE确定接入第一 WLAN AP0具体地, UE如何确定上述至少一个条件的实施例可以参考上述, 此处不再赘述。 When the UE determines at least one of the above-described condition ( "YES") meet, the UE determines a first access particular WLAN AP 0, UE how to determine at least one condition of the above-described embodiments with reference to the above-described embodiments may be not be repeated herein.
可选地,第一 WLAN AP的标识可以是 BSSID , SSID , HESSID和 OUI/OI 中的一个或多个。 其中, BSSID是 AP的 MAC地址, 是 AP的全球唯一标 识。 SSID是运营商 WLAN的业务集标识,标识运营商 WLAN网络。 OUI/OI 是 WLAN漫游组织的唯一标识, UE可以通过 OUI/OI确定是否可以通过该 OUI/OI对应的 WLAN AP漫游接入到该 UE的归属网络(提供 WLAN签约 网络)。 可以在 UE中预先配置该 UE可接入的 WLAN AP的标识, 或者由接 收网络侧设备(如网络策略实体 ANDSF ) 下发给 UE, 或者由运营商在 SIM/USIM 卡中配置, 等等。 应理解, 本发明对于 UE如何获知可接入的 WLAN AP的标识的方式并不限定。 Optionally, the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of a BSSID, an SSID, a HESSID, and an OUI/OI. The BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the global unique identifier of the AP. The SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the operator's WLAN network. The OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI. The identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access can be pre-configured in the UE, or The network-side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF) is sent to the UE, or is configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the present invention learns the identity of the WLAN AP that can be accessed by the UE is not limited.
可选地, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、以及第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏移值。 等等。 应 理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network. The ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site. and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 发送单元 802向 UE发送生成单元 801生成 的第一 WLAN AP的信息外,还可以发送生成单元 801生成的其它 WLAPAP 的信息。 也就是说, 发送单元 802向 UE发送生成单元 801生成的至少一个 WLAN AP的信息, 至少一个 WLAN AP的信息中包括第一 WLAP AP的信 息。 进一步地, 当 UE根据 WLAN AP的发射功率信息所处的位置位于多个 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内时,优选地, UE确定接入的第一 WLAN AP是多个 WLAN AP中发射功率值最大; 或者, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级是多 个 WLAN AP的发射功率等级中等级最大的。 或者, 第一 WLAN AP的发射 功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与 第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值中最大的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的 发射功率小于第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率 与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第 一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最小的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的 发射功率大于第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率 与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第 一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最大的。  Optionally, as an embodiment, the sending unit 802 sends the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit 801 to the UE, and may further send information about other WLAPAPs generated by the generating unit 801. That is, the sending unit 802 sends the information of the at least one WLAN AP generated by the generating unit 801 to the UE, and the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP. Further, when the UE is located in the coverage of the multiple WLAN APs according to the location where the WLAN AP's transmit power information is located, preferably, the UE determines that the accessed first WLAN AP is the highest transmit power value among the multiple WLAN APs; Alternatively, the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs. Alternatively, the ratio of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is smaller than the transmit power of the first cellular network station, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs. The offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the smallest. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network station, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs. The offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功 率信息来确定 UE所处的位置是否位于 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 接入信号 质量较好的 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的通信质量并提高接入 WLAN AP的 成功率,并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并 接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系 统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  The information about the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE includes the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is located in the WLAN. Within the coverage of the AP, accessing the WLAN AP with better signal quality ensures the communication quality of the user and improves the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE when determining to access the first WLAN AP. Accessing the first WLAN AP avoids continuous scanning and attempted access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 发送单元 802发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息 还可以包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 其中第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息包括至少下列之一:第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、第一 WLAN AP 的回传带宽信息、第一 WLAN AP的 CPU处理资源信息、以及第一 WLAN AP 的连接容量信息。 应理解, 本发明实施例对此并不限定。 UE接收发送单元 802发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 当 UE满足下列至少一个条件时, UE确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 具体包括: Optionally, as an embodiment, the information about the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit 802 is used. The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP may be included, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: the air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, and the first WLAN AP. The CPU processes the resource information and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto. The UE receives the information of the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit 802, and includes the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. When the UE meets the following at least one condition, the UE determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, specifically including :
第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比小 于第一比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大 于第二比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比 大于第三比例阈值; 以及第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的 百分比小于第四比例阈值。 等等。  The percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle. The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括的第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息来确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源是否满足 UE的资源需求, 接入 网络资源使用较小的 WLAN AP,从而保证用户的业务质量并提升用户体验, 并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP included in the information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE, and the UE determines the unused resources of the first WLAN AP according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. Whether the resource requirements of the UE are met, the access network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP, thereby ensuring the user's service quality and improving the user experience, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first time when determining to access the first WLAN AP. A WLAN AP avoids continuous scanning and attempted access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving UE power consumption.
可选地, 第一 WLAN支持的 WLAN接入方式(即 UE接入 WLAN的 方式),如 3GPP定义的 I-WLAN, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I和 S2a II等。 具备不同能力的 UE接入 WLAN的方式也是不同的。 如果运营商的 WLAN网络只支持其中的一种或几种接入方式,而 UE的能力不支持 WLAN 网络所支持的任意一种接入方式时, UE就无法接入该 WLAN AP。  Optionally, the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN (that is, the manner in which the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II. The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is also different. If the WLAN network of the carrier supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP 支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息来确定第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入 方式, UE的能力支持确定接入的第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的成功率, 并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时 才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避免持续不断的扫描和尝 试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。 另外, 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息具体包括 WLAN网络是 否提供 NSWO服务或 IFOM或 MAPCON等。 进一步地, UE根据自身的能 力和 /或访问的业务的要求, 来确定是否采用 WLAN AP分流。 The information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first eNB to the UE includes the WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines the WLAN access mode according to the information supported by the first WLAN AP. A WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP, the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access mode supported by the accessed first WLAN AP, thereby improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE is determined to access the first WLAN. The AP opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE. In addition, the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP specifically includes whether the WLAN network provides an NSWO service, an IFOM, or a MAPCON. Further, the UE determines whether to adopt the WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or requirements of the accessed services.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息来确定 第一 WLAN AP所支持的分流方式, UE自身的支持分流的能力和 /或访问业 务的要求确定接入的第一 WLAN AP , 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的效率, 并 且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 发送单元 802可以具体用于: 向 UE发送 广播控制信道 BCCH, BCCH携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的第一 WLAN AP 的信息。 换句话说, UE可以通过读取发送单元 802发送的 BCCH来获得第 一 WLAN AP的信息。 其中 UE处于空闲态且驻留在第一蜂窝网络站点, 或 者 UE处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the sending unit 802 may be specifically configured to: send a broadcast control channel BCCH to the UE, where the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. In other words, the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the transmitting unit 802. The UE is in an idle state and camps on the first cellular network site, or the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 发送单元 802可以具体用于: 向 UE发送 第二 RRC消息, 第二 RRC消息携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的 WLAN AP的 信息, 其中 UE处于连接态且连接到第一蜂窝网络站点。 也就是说, UE可 以通过读取发送单元 802发送的第二 RRC消息获取 WLAN AP的信息。 其 中第二 RRC消息可以是 RRC连接重配置或者 RRC连接建立或者 RRC连接 重建等消息, 应理解本发明实施例对此并不限定。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the sending unit 802 may be specifically configured to: send a second RRC message to the UE, where the second RRC message carries information of the WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the UE is in a connected state and connected Go to the first cellular network site. That is, the UE may acquire the information of the WLAN AP by reading the second RRC message sent by the sending unit 802. The second RRC message may be a message such as an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection establishment or an RRC connection reestablishment. It should be understood that the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 第一蜂窝网络站点还可以包括接收单元 803, 接收单元 803用于接收 UE发送的第三 RRC消息, 通过第三 RRC消 息获知 UE能够接入第一 WLAN AP。 实施例。 图 9是本发明一个实施例的设备的示意框图, 在该实施例中, 设备 900包括处理器 901 , 存储器 902, 发射器 903和接收器 904。 处理器 901控 制设备 900的操作, 处理器 901还可以称为 CPU ( Central Processing Unit, 中央处理单元)。 存储器 902可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器, 并向 处理器 901提供指令和数据。存储器 902的一部分还可以包括非易失行随机 存取存储器( NVRAM )。 处理器 901 , 存储器 902,发射器 903和接收器 904 通过总线系统 910耦合在一起, 其中总线系统 910除包括数据总线之外, 还 包括电源总线、 控制总线和状态信号总线。 但是为了清楚说明起见, 在图中 将各种总线都标为总线系统 910。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the first cellular network site may further include a receiving unit 803, where the receiving unit 803 is configured to receive a third RRC message sent by the UE, and learn, by using the third RRC message, that the UE can access the first WLAN AP. . Example. 9 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, apparatus 900 includes a processor 901, a memory 902, a transmitter 903, and a receiver 904. The processor 901 controls the operation of the device 900, which may also be referred to as a CPU (Central Processing Unit). Memory 902 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 901. A portion of the memory 902 may also include non-volatile line random access memory (NVRAM). The processor 901, the memory 902, the transmitter 903 and the receiver 904 are coupled together by a bus system 910, wherein the bus system 910 includes, in addition to the data bus, Includes power bus, control bus, and status signal bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 910 in the figure.
上述本发明实施例揭示的方法可以应用上述的设备 900。 其中, 处理器 901可能是一种集成电路芯片, 具有信号的处理能力。 在实现过程中, 上述 方法的各步骤可以通过处理器 901中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的 指令完成。 上述的处理器 901可以是通用处理器, 包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit, CPU ), 网络处理器 ( Network Processor, NP )等; 还可以 是数字信号处理器 ( Digital Signal Processing , DSP )、 专用集成电路 ( Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC )、 现成可编程门阵列 (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA )或者其他可编程逻辑器件、 分立门或者晶 体管逻辑器件、 分立硬件组件。 可以实现或者执行本发明实施例中的公开的 各方法、 步骤及逻辑框图。 通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以 是任何常规的处理器等。  The above-described device 900 can be applied to the method disclosed in the above embodiments of the present invention. The processor 901 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 901 or an instruction in the form of software. The processor 901 may be a general-purpose processor, including a central processing unit (CPU), a network processor (NP), etc.; or a digital signal processing (DSP), dedicated Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component. The methods, steps, and logic blocks disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be implemented or carried out. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
进一步地, 图 10是本发明另一个实施例的用户设备的结构框图。 该 UE 1000包括接收器 1001和处理器 1002。  Further, FIG. 10 is a structural block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention. The UE 1000 includes a receiver 1001 and a processor 1002.
接收器 1001 ,用于第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信 息。 处理器 1002, 用于根据接收器 1001接收的第一 WLAN AP的信息确定 是否接入第一 WLAN AP„  The receiver 1001 is configured to generate information of the first WLAN AP that is generated and sent by the first cellular network site. The processor 1002 is configured to determine, according to information about the first WLAN AP received by the receiver 1001, whether to access the first WLAN AP.
处理器 1002还用于在确定接入第一 WLAN AP 的情况下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。  The processor 1002 is further configured to access the first WLAN AP if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP.
其中第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围具有重 叠区域。  The coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
需要说明的是, 第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖 范围具有重叠区域, 包含在第一蜂窝网络站点上集成第一 WLAN AP或者在 第一蜂窝网络站点的邻近区域内布放第一 WLAN AP的情况。  It should be noted that the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the first WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or in the adjacent area of the first cellular network site. Put the first WLAN AP.
通过上述方案, UE无需从核心网用户面的 ANDSF实体来接收接入网 的相关信息, 直接接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信 息, 减少时延, 提高效率。  Through the foregoing solution, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the first WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
UE 1000可实现图 1至图 6的实施例中涉及 UE的操作, 因此为避免重 复, 不再详细描述。  The UE 1000 can implement the operations related to the UE in the embodiments of Figs. 1 to 6, and therefore will not be described in detail in order to avoid redundancy.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 处理器 1002还可以用于打开 UE的 WLAN 模块。 这样, 处理器 1002在根据接收到的 WLAN AP的信息确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避 免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入,从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。 Optionally, as an embodiment, the processor 1002 is further configured to enable the WLAN of the UE. Module. In this way, the processor 1002 opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP, if the access to the first WLAN AP is determined according to the information of the received WLAN AP, to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access. Effectively save system resources and save power consumption of the UE.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,接收器 1001接收的接收的第一 WLAN AP 的信息可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的标识, 第一 WLAN AP的 发射功率信息, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息, 第一 WLAN AP 支持的分流方式的信息和第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID等等。 应理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the received information of the first WLAN AP received by the receiver 1001 may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and a first WLAN AP. The resource usage information, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information of the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, and the like. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
第一 WLAN AP的标识可以是 BSSID, SSID, HESSID和 OUI/OI中的 一个或多个。 其中, BSSID是 AP的 MAC地址, 是 AP的全球唯一标识。 SSID是运营商 WLAN的业务集标识, 标识运营商 WLAN网络。 OUI/OI是 WLAN 漫游组织的唯一标识, UE可以通过 OUI/OI确定是否可以通过该 OUI/OI对应的 WLAN AP漫游接入到该 UE的归属网络(提供 WLAN签约 网络)。 可以在 UE中预先配置该 UE可接入的 WLAN AP的标识, 或者由接 收网络侧设备(如网络策略实体 ANDSF ) 下发给 UE, 或者由运营商在 SIM/USIM 卡中配置, 等等。 应理解, 本发明对于 UE如何获知可接入的 WLAN AP的标识的方式并不限定。 UE通过第一 WLAN AP的标识确定第一 WLAN AP是 UE可接入的 WLAN AP。  The identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of BSSID, SSID, HESSID and OUI/OI. The BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the global unique identifier of the AP. The SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the carrier's WLAN network. The OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI. The identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the UE learns the identity of the accessible WLAN AP is not limited. The UE determines, by using the identifier of the first WLAN AP, that the first WLAN AP is a WLAN AP that the UE can access.
当处理器 1002 确定满足下列至少一个条件时, 确定接入第一 WLAN Determining access to the first WLAN when the processor 1002 determines that at least one of the following conditions is met
AP: AP:
处理器 1002根据第一 WLAN AP的标识确定第一蜂窝网络站点集成第 一 WLAN AP; 处理器 1002根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定 UE所 处的位置位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内; 处理器 1002根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求; 处理器 1002根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息确定 UE的 能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式; 处理器 1002根据第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息确定第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否 满足 UE访问的业务的要求; 以及处理器 1002根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  The processor 1002 determines that the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP according to the identifier of the first WLAN AP; the processor 1002 determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP; The processor 1002 determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. The processor 1002 determines, according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, that the UE supports the first capability. The WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP; the processor 1002 determines, according to the information about the split mode supported by the first WLAN AP, whether the split mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirement of the service accessed by the UE; and the processor 1002 is configured according to the first WLAN. The PLMN ID supported by the AP determines that the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
可选地, 处理器 1002可以具体用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP的标识与预 先设置的第一蜂窝网络站点集成的 WLAN AP的标识之间的对应关系, 确定 第一蜂窝网络站点集成第一 WLAN AP。 或者, UE可以根据第一 WLAN AP 的信息中的第一 WLAN 标识的指示信息确定第一蜂窝网络站点集成第一 WLAN AP。 Optionally, the processor 1002 is specifically configured to: determine, according to a correspondence between an identifier of the first WLAN AP and an identifier of the WLAN AP integrated with the preset first cellular network site, The first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP. Alternatively, the UE may determine, according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP, that the first cellular network station integrates the first WLAN AP.
可选地, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、以及第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏移值。 等等。 应 理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。 处理器 1002 可以具体用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围, 根据 UE接收 第一蜂窝站点的信号测量值确定 UE所处的位置, 根据第一 WLAN AP的覆 盖范围和 UE所处的位置确定 UE所处的位置位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范 围内。  Optionally, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network. The ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site. and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto. The processor 1002 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and determine, according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site, the location of the UE, according to the first WLAN AP The coverage and the location where the UE is located determine that the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
当处理器 1002根据第一 WLAN AP的的发射功率信息确定 UE所处的 位置位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内时,处理器 1002确定接入第一 WLAN AP。进一步地,该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值(或等级)大于一定门限值, 或者该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值与第一蜂窝站点的发射功率值的比值大 于一定的比值, 或者, 该第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值与第一蜂窝站点的发 射功率值的偏移值值小于一定的阈值。这些判决门限值或阈值可以预先设置 在 UE上, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。  When the processor 1002 determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, that the location of the UE is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, the processor 1002 determines to access the first WLAN AP. Further, the value (or level) of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than a certain threshold, or the ratio of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power value of the first cell site is greater than a certain ratio, or The offset value of the transmit power value of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power value of the first cell site is less than a certain threshold. These thresholds or thresholds may be pre-set on the UE or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE.
具体地, 处理器 1002可以根据第一蜂窝站点的发射功率和接收的第一 蜂窝站点的信号强度估计 UE所处的位置,处理器 1002可以通过 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息确定在第一蜂窝站点集成的 WLAN AP的有效覆盖范围(如 该 UE可以接收该 WLAN AP的信号强度大于一定的信号阈值, 如 -65dBm 以上 ) , 并判断 UE所处的位置是否在该第一蜂窝站点集成的 WLAN AP的 有效覆盖范围内。 或者, 处理器 1002 可以通过 WLAN AP 的地理位置和 WLAN AP的发射功率信息来判断 UE当前所处的位置是否在该 WLAN AP 的有效覆盖范围内。  Specifically, the processor 1002 may estimate the location where the UE is located according to the transmit power of the first cell site and the received signal strength of the first cell site, and the processor 1002 may determine, by using the transmit power information of the WLAN AP, the first cell site integration. The effective coverage of the WLAN AP (for example, the UE can receive the signal strength of the WLAN AP greater than a certain signal threshold, such as -65 dBm or more), and determine whether the location of the UE is at the WLAN AP integrated by the first cellular site. Within the effective coverage. Alternatively, the processor 1002 can determine whether the current location of the UE is within the effective coverage of the WLAN AP by using the geographic location of the WLAN AP and the transmit power information of the WLAN AP.
进一步地, 接收器 1001 除了用于接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的 第一 WLAN AP的信息外, 还可以用于接收其它 WLAP AP的信息, 也就是 说, 接收器 1001具体用于: 接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的至少一个 WLAN AP的信息, 至少一个 WLAN AP的信息中包括第一 WLAP AP的信 息。 优选地, 处理器 1002确定接入的第一 WLAN AP是多个 WLAN AP中 发射功率值最大; 或者, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级是多个 WLAN AP 的发射功率等级中等级最大的。 或者, 处理器 1002确定接入的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值是多个 WLAN AP的 发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值中最大的。 或者, 在第一Further, the receiver 1001 can be used to receive information of other WLAP APs, in addition to receiving information of the first WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network station, that is, the receiver 1001 is specifically configured to: receive The information of the at least one WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, where the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP. Preferably, the processor 1002 determines that the accessed first WLAN AP is in multiple WLAN APs. The transmit power value is the largest; or, the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs. Alternatively, the processor 1002 determines that the ratio of the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, at first
WLAN AP 的发射功率小于第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 处理器 1002 确定接入的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏 移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值 中最小的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于第一蜂窝网络站点的发 射功率时, 处理器 1002确定接入的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝 网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络 站点的发射功率的偏移值中最大的。 When the transmit power of the WLAN AP is smaller than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the processor 1002 determines that the offset value of the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmission of multiple WLAN APs. The smallest of the offset values of the power and the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the processor 1002 determines that the transmit power of the accessed first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site are offset. The offset between the transmit power of the WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息来确定 UE所 处的位置是否位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内,接入信号质量较好的第一 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的通信质量并提高接入 WLAN AP的成功率, 并 且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP with good signal quality, thereby ensuring the communication quality of the user. And improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 接收器 1001接收的第一 WLAN AP的信 息还可以包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 其中第一 WLAN AP的资源 使用信息包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、第一 WLAN AP的 CPU处理资源信息、以及第一 WLAN AP的连接容量信息。 应理解, 本发明实施例对此并不限定。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the information about the first WLAN AP that is received by the receiver 1001 may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the WLAN AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
处理器 1002 可以具体用于: 当满足下列至少一个条件时, 确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 具体包括:  The processor 1002 is specifically configured to: determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, when the following at least one condition is met, specifically:
第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比小 于第一比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大 于第二比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比 大于第三比例阈值; 以及第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的 百分比小于第四比例阈值。 等等。  The percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle. The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
具体地, 处理器 1002可以用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息 中已用资源占总资源的百分比的最大值或未用资源占总资源的百分比的最 小值来确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP。 例如, 第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处 理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比的最大值小于第一比例阈值, 或者第 一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量(可以表示为已连接到该 AP的 UE的数目 ) 占总的连接容量的百分比的最大值小于第四比例阈值, 或者第一 WLAN AP 空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比的最小值大于第二比例阈值, 等等。 可选地, 这些判决的阈值可以预先设置在 UE上, 也可以由网络策略实体下 发给 UE。 当然, 处理器 1002可以考虑 WLAN AP的综合资源使用信息, 即 资源使用信息中的多种来判断。 Specifically, the processor 1002 may be configured to: use, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the maximum value of the used resources as a percentage of the total resources or the percentage of the unused resources as a percentage of the total resources. A small value is used to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP. For example, the maximum value of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP as a percentage of the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold, or the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP (may be represented as a UE connected to the AP) The maximum value of the percentage of the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold, or the minimum value of the air interface resource that is idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resource is greater than the second ratio threshold, and so on. Optionally, the threshold of the decision may be preset to the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE. Of course, the processor 1002 can consider the comprehensive resource usage information of the WLAN AP, that is, the plurality of resource usage information.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息来确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源是否满足 UE的资源需求, 接入网络资源使用较小 的 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的业务质量并提升用户体验, 并且 UE在确定 接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避 免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入,从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  According to the foregoing solution, the UE determines, according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, whether the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the UE, and the access network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP, thereby ensuring the quality of the user and improving the service quality of the user. User experience, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE. .
可选地, UE的能力可支持的 WLAN接入方式可以预先配置在 UE中, 也可以由网络策略实体下发给 UE。 处理器 1002可以具体用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式与存储在 UE的 WLAN AP接入方式(可 以是预先设置的或者网络策略实体下发的)之间的对应关系, 确定 UE的能 力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式。  Optionally, the WLAN access mode that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE. The processor 1002 may be specifically configured to: determine, according to a correspondence between a WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and a WLAN AP access mode (which may be pre-set or sent by the network policy entity) The capability of the UE supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP.
WLAN接入方式(即 UE接入 WLAN的方式),如 3GPP定义的 I-WLAN ( WLAN Interworking ), I-WLAN mobility, 非可信接入 S2b, S2c, 可信接 入 S2a I ( Rel-11 )和 S2a II ( Rel-12 )等。 具备不同能力的 UE接入 WLAN 的方式也是不同的。 如果运营商的 WLAN网络只支持其中的一种或几种接 入方式, 而 UE的能力不支持 WLAN网络所支持的任意一种接入方式时, UE就无法接入该 WLAN AP。  WLAN access mode (that is, the way the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN (WLAN Interworking) defined by 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, non-trusted access S2b, S2c, trusted access S2a I (Rel-11) ) and S2a II (Rel-12) and so on. The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is different. If the WLAN network of the operator supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息 来确定第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, UE的能力支持确定接入 的第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的 成功率,并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并 接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系 统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access supported by the accessed first WLAN AP. The method further improves the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
另外, 接收器 1001从第一蜂窝站点得到的第一 WLAN AP支持的分流 方式的信息, 具体包括: 该 WLAN网络是否提供 NSWO服务或或 IFOM或 MAPCON等信息。 进一步地, 处理器 1002还可以用于根据自身的能力和 / 或访问的业务的要求, 来确定是否采用 WLAN AP分流。 In addition, the first WLAN AP supported by the receiver 1001 is offloaded by the first WLAN AP. The information of the mode includes: Whether the WLAN network provides the NSWO service or information such as IFOM or MAPCON. Further, the processor 1002 may be further configured to determine whether to adopt WLAN AP offload according to its own capabilities and/or requirements of the accessed services.
通过上述方案, UE根据第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息来确定 第一 WLAN AP所支持的分流方式, UE自身的支持分流的能力和 /或访问业 务的要求确定接入的第一 WLAN AP , 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的效率, 并 且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。  The UE determines the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP according to the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE supports the offloading capability and/or the request of the access service to determine the accessed first WLAN AP. Therefore, the efficiency of accessing the WLAN AP is improved, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving the system. Resources and saves UE power consumption.
可选地, UE的能力可支持的 PLMN ID可以预先配置在 UE中, 也可以 由网络策略实体下发给 UE, 还可以由运营商在 SIM/USIM卡中配置。 处理 器 1002可以具体用于: 根据第一 WLAN AP支持的第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID与存储在 UE的 PLMN ID的对应关系, 确定 UE的能力支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。  Optionally, the PLMN ID that can be supported by the UE may be pre-configured in the UE, or may be sent by the network policy entity to the UE, or may be configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card. The processor 1002 is specifically configured to: determine, according to the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the UE, the capability of the UE to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 当 UE处于空闲态且驻留在第一蜂窝网络 站点时, 接收器 1001可以具体用于: 接收第一蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH, BCCH携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的第一 WLAN AP的信息。换句话说, UE 可以通过读取第一蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH来获得第一 WLAN AP的信 息。  Optionally, as another embodiment, when the UE is in an idle state and camps on the first cellular network site, the receiver 1001 may be specifically configured to: receive a BCCH sent by the first cellular network station, where the BCCH carries the first cellular network. Information generated by the first WLAN AP generated by the site. In other words, the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH sent by the first cellular network station.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 当 UE处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络 站点时, 接收器 1001可以具体用于: 根据第二蜂窝网络站点的指导接收并 读取第一蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH, BCCH携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的 第一 WLAN AP的信息。 具体的第二蜂窝网络站点指导 UE的过程可以参考 现有技术, 此处不再赘述。 进一步地, UE还可以包括发射器 1003 , 发射器 1003用于: 向第二蜂窝站点发送第一 RRC消息,第一 RRC消息用于通知第 二蜂窝网络站点该 UE能够接入第一 WLAN AP。  Optionally, as another embodiment, when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site, the receiver 1001 may be specifically configured to: receive and read the first cellular network site according to the instruction of the second cellular network site. The transmitted BCCH, the BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. The process of guiding the UE by the specific second cellular network site may refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again. Further, the UE may further include a transmitter 1003, configured to: send, by the second cell site, a first RRC message, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network station that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 接收器 1001可以具体用于: 当 UE处于 连接态且连接到第一蜂窝网络站点时, 接收第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC消息, 第二 RRC消息携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的第一 WLAN AP的 信息。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the receiver 1001 may be specifically configured to: when the UE is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, receive a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, and the second RRC message Carrying information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例, 发射器 1003 还可以用于: 向第一蜂窝网 络站点发送第三 RRC消息, 第三 RRC消息用于通知第一蜂窝网络站点 UE 能够接入第一 WLAN AP。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the transmitter 1003 is further configured to: to the first cellular network The network station sends a third RRC message, and the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network station that the UE can access the first WLAN AP.
图 11是本发明一个实施例的第一蜂窝网络站点的结构框图。 第一蜂窝 网络站点 1100包括处理器 1101和发射器 1102。  Figure 11 is a block diagram showing the structure of a first cellular network site in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention. The first cellular network site 1100 includes a processor 1101 and a transmitter 1102.
处理器 1101 , 用于生成无线局域网接入点第一 WLAN AP的信息。 其中第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围具有重 叠区域。  The processor 1101 is configured to generate information of the first WLAN AP of the WLAN access point. The coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
需要说明的是, 第一蜂窝网络站点的覆盖范围与第一 WLAN AP的覆盖 范围具有重叠区域, 包含在第一蜂窝网络站点上集成 WLAN AP或者在第一 蜂窝网络站点的邻近区域内布放 WLAN AP的情况。  It should be noted that the coverage of the first cellular network site has an overlapping area with the coverage of the first WLAN AP, including integrating the WLAN AP on the first cellular network site or deploying the WLAN in the vicinity of the first cellular network site. The situation of the AP.
发射器 1102, 用于向 UE发送处理器 1101生成的第一 WLAN AP的信 息, 以指示 UE根据 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP, 在确 定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。  The transmitter 1102 is configured to send information about the first WLAN AP generated by the processor 1101 to the UE, to instruct the UE to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the WLAN AP, where it is determined to access the first WLAN AP, Access the first WLAN AP.
本发明实施例中, 第一蜂窝网络站点生成第一 WLAN AP的信息, 第一 蜂窝网络站点将第一 WLAN AP的信息发送给 UE。这样, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的信息确定是否接入第一 WLAN AP,在确定接入第一 WLAN AP的情况 下, 接入第一 WLAN AP。 因此, UE无需从核心网用户面的 ANDSF实体来 接收接入网的相关信息, 直接接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的 WLAN AP的信息, 减少时延, 提高效率。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the first cellular network station generates information of the first WLAN AP, and the first cellular network station sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the UE. In this way, the UE determines whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP, and accesses the first WLAN AP if it is determined to access the first WLAN AP. Therefore, the UE does not need to receive the information about the access network from the ANDSF entity of the core network user plane, directly receives the information of the WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, reduces the delay, and improves the efficiency.
另夕卜, UE根据接收到的 WLAN AP的信息确定接入第一 WLAN AP的 情况下才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避免持续不断的扫 描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  In addition, the UE determines to access the WLAN module of the UE and access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the received WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively Save system resources and save UE power consumption.
第一蜂窝网络站点 1100可实现图 1至图 6的实施例中涉及第一蜂窝网 络站点的操作, 因此为避免重复, 不再详细描述。  The first cellular network site 1100 can implement the operations of the first cellular network site in the embodiments of Figures 1 through 6, and thus will not be described in detail to avoid redundancy.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 发射器 1102发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息 可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的标识, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功 率信息, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN 接入方式的信息, 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息和第一 WLAN AP 支持的 PLMN ID等等。 应理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, as an embodiment, the information about the first WLAN AP sent by the transmitter 1102 may include at least one of the following: an identifier of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and a resource usage of the first WLAN AP. The information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information of the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, and the like. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
其中, 第一 WLAN AP的标识由 UE用于确定第一蜂窝网络站点是否集 成第一 WLAN AP, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息由 UE用于确定 UE所 处的位置是否位于第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息由 UE用于确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE的资源需求, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息由 UE用于确定 UE的能力是 否支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 第一 WLAN AP支持的 分流方式的信息由 UE用于确定第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足 UE 访问的业务的要求, 以及第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID由 UE用于确定 UE的能力是否支持第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 The identifier of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the first WLAN AP integrates the first WLAN AP, and the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine the UE. Whether the location of the first WLAN AP is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, and the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, and the WLAN access supported by the first WLAN AP The information of the mode is used by the UE to determine whether the capability of the UE supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information about the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the UE to determine whether the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP is satisfied. The requirement of the service accessed by the UE, and the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP are used by the UE to determine whether the capability of the UE supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
当 UE确定满足上述至少一个条件 (为 "是") 时, UE确定接入第一 WLAN AP。具体地, UE如何确定上述至少一个条件的实施例可以参考上述, 此处不再赘述。  When the UE determines that the above at least one condition is satisfied (YES), the UE determines to access the first WLAN AP. Specifically, an embodiment of how the UE determines the foregoing at least one condition may refer to the foregoing, and details are not described herein again.
可选地,第一 WLAN AP的标识可以是 BSSID , SSID , HESSID和 OUI/OI 中的一个或多个。 其中, BSSID是 AP的 MAC地址, 是 AP的全球唯一标 识。 SSID是运营商 WLAN的业务集标识,标识运营商 WLAN网络。 OUI/OI 是 WLAN漫游组织的唯一标识, UE可以通过 OUI/OI确定是否可以通过该 OUI/OI对应的 WLAN AP漫游接入到该 UE的归属网络(提供 WLAN签约 网络)。 可以在 UE中预先配置该 UE可接入的 WLAN AP的标识, 或者由接 收网络侧设备(如网络策略实体 ANDSF ) 下发给 UE, 或者由运营商在 SIM/USIM 卡中配置, 等等。 应理解, 本发明对于 UE如何获知可接入的 WLAN AP的标识的方式并不限定。  Optionally, the identifier of the first WLAN AP may be one or more of BSSID, SSID, HESSID, and OUI/OI. The BSSID is the MAC address of the AP and is the globally unique identifier of the AP. The SSID is the service set identifier of the operator's WLAN and identifies the carrier's WLAN network. The OUI/OI is a unique identifier of the WLAN roaming organization. The UE can determine whether the WLAN AP corresponding to the OUI/OI can roam the home network (providing the WLAN subscription network) through the OUI/OI. The identifier of the WLAN AP that the UE can access is pre-configured in the UE, or is sent to the UE by the receiving network side device (such as the network policy entity ANDSF), or configured by the operator in the SIM/USIM card, and so on. It should be understood that the manner in which the UE learns the identity of the accessible WLAN AP is not limited.
可选地, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息可以包括至少下列之一: 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、以及第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏移值。 等等。 应 理解, 本发明实施例并不限于此。  Optionally, the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP may include at least one of: a transmit power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and a transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first cellular network. The ratio or offset of the transmit power of the site. and many more. It should be understood that embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 发射器 1102向 UE发送处理器 1101生成的 第一 WLAN AP的信息外,还可以发送处理器 1101生成的其它 WLAPAP的 信息。也就是说,发射器 1102向 UE发送处理器 1101生成的至少一个 WLAN AP的信息,至少一个 WLAN AP的信息中包括第一 WLAP AP的信息。进一 步地,当 UE根据 WLAN AP的发射功率信息所处的位置位于多个 WLAN AP 的覆盖范围内时,优选地, UE确定接入的第一 WLAN AP是多个 WLAN AP 中发射功率值最大;或者,第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级是多个 WLAN AP 的发射功率等级中等级最大的。 或者, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂 窝网络站点的发射功率的比值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络 站点的发射功率的比值中最大的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的发射功率小于 第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网 络站点的发射功率的偏移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站 点的发射功率的偏移值中最小的。 或者, 在第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于 第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率时, 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网 络站点的发射功率的偏移值是多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与第一蜂窝网络站 点的发射功率的偏移值中最大的。 Optionally, as an embodiment, the transmitter 1102 may send information about the first WLAN AP generated by the processor 1101 to the UE, and may also send information about other WLAPAPs generated by the processor 1101. That is, the transmitter 1102 sends the information of the at least one WLAN AP generated by the processor 1101 to the UE, and the information of the at least one WLAN AP includes the information of the first WLAP AP. Further, when the UE is located in the coverage of the multiple WLAN APs according to the location where the WLAN AP's transmit power information is located, preferably, the UE determines that the accessed first WLAN AP is the largest transmit power value among the multiple WLAN APs; Alternatively, the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the highest of the transmit power levels of the plurality of WLAN APs. Or, the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the first bee The ratio of the transmit power of the nest network site is the largest of the ratio of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmit power of the first cellular network site. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is smaller than the transmit power of the first cellular network station, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs. The offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the smallest. Or, when the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network station, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs. The offset of the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the largest.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括的第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的发射功 率信息来确定 UE所处的位置是否位于 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 接入信号 质量较好的 WLAN AP, 从而保证用户的通信质量并提高接入 WLAN AP的 成功率,并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并 接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系 统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  The information about the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE includes the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines, according to the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP, whether the location where the UE is located is located in the WLAN. Within the coverage of the AP, accessing the WLAN AP with better signal quality ensures the communication quality of the user and improves the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE when determining to access the first WLAN AP. Accessing the first WLAN AP avoids continuous scanning and attempted access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE.
可选地, 作为一个实施例, 发射器 1102发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息 还可以包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 其中第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息包括至少下列之一:第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、第一 WLAN AP 的回传带宽信息、第一 WLAN AP的 CPU处理资源信息、以及第一 WLAN AP 的连接容量信息。应理解,本发明实施例对此并不限定。 UE接收发射器 1102 发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息包括第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, 当 UE 满足下列至少一个条件时, UE确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足 UE 的资源需求, 具体包括:  Optionally, as an embodiment, the information about the first WLAN AP sent by the transmitter 1102 may further include resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, where the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: The air interface resource information of the AP, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the connection capacity information of the first WLAN AP. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto. The UE receives the information of the first WLAN AP sent by the transmitter 1102, and includes the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. When the UE meets the following at least one condition, the UE determines that the unused resource of the first WLAN AP meets the resource requirement of the UE, specifically including :
第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分比小 于第一比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大 于第二比例阈值; 第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比 大于第三比例阈值; 以及第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的 百分比小于第四比例阈值。 等等。  The percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first ratio threshold; the percentage of the air interface resources that are idle by the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second ratio threshold; the first WLAN AP is idle. The percentage of the backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third ratio threshold; and the percentage of the connection capacity used by the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth ratio threshold. and many more.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括的第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP的资源使 用信息来确定第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源是否满足 UE的资源需求, 接入 网络资源使用较小的 WLAN AP,从而保证用户的业务质量并提升用户体验, 并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP, 避免持续不断的扫描和尝试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并 节省 UE的功耗。 The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP included in the information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first cellular network station to the UE, and the UE determines the unused resources of the first WLAN AP according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP. Whether to meet the resource requirements of the UE, access The network resource uses a smaller WLAN AP to ensure the user's service quality and improve the user experience, and the UE opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP when determining to access the first WLAN AP, thereby avoiding continuous scanning. And try to access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving the power consumption of the UE.
可选地, 第一 WLAN支持的 WLAN接入方式(即 UE接入 WLAN的 方式), 如 3GPP定义的 I-WLAN, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I和 S2a II等。 具备不同能力的 UE接入 WLAN的方式也是不同的。 如果运营商的 WLAN网络只支持其中的一种或几种接入方式,而 UE的能力不支持 WLAN 网络所支持的任意一种接入方式时, UE就无法接入该 WLAN AP。  Optionally, the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN (that is, the manner in which the UE accesses the WLAN), such as I-WLAN defined by the 3GPP, I-WLAN mobility, S2b, S2c, S2a I, and S2a II. The way in which UEs with different capabilities access the WLAN is also different. If the WLAN network of the carrier supports only one or several access modes, and the UE does not support any access mode supported by the WLAN network, the UE cannot access the WLAN AP.
另夕卜, WLAN网络可能还提供 NSWO服务或并发分流服务(如 IFOM 或 MAPCON等)。 进一步地, UE根据自身的能力和访问业务的形式来确定 是否采用第一蜂窝网络站点与 WLAN AP并发分流, 当 UE确定采用第一蜂 窝网络站点与 WLAN AP并发分流的方式时, UE确定接入的第一 WLAN AP 还能够提供并发分流服务。  In addition, the WLAN network may also provide NSWO services or concurrent offload services (such as IFOM or MAPCON). Further, the UE determines, according to its own capability and the form of the access service, whether to use the first cellular network site to perform concurrent offloading with the WLAN AP. When the UE determines that the first cellular network site and the WLAN AP are used for concurrent offloading, the UE determines the access. The first WLAN AP can also provide concurrent offload services.
通过上述方案, 第一蜂窝网络站点发送给 UE的第一 WLAN AP的信息 包括第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息, UE根据第一 WLAN AP 支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息来确定第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入 方式, UE的能力支持确定接入的第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 从而提高接入 WLAN AP的成功率, 并且 UE在确定接入第一 WLAN AP时 才打开 UE的 WLAN模块并接入第一 WLAN AP,避免持续不断的扫描和尝 试接入, 从而有效地节约系统资源并节省 UE的功耗。  The information of the first WLAN AP that is sent by the first eNB to the UE includes the WLAN access mode information supported by the first WLAN AP, and the UE determines the WLAN access mode according to the information supported by the first WLAN AP. A WLAN access mode supported by the WLAN AP, the capability of the UE supports determining the WLAN access mode supported by the accessed first WLAN AP, thereby improving the success rate of accessing the WLAN AP, and the UE is determined to access the first WLAN. The AP opens the WLAN module of the UE and accesses the first WLAN AP, so as to avoid continuous scanning and attempting access, thereby effectively saving system resources and saving power consumption of the UE.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例,发射器 1102可以具体用于: 向 UE发送广 播控制信道 BCCH, BCCH携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的第一 WLAN AP的 信息。 换句话说, UE可以通过读取发射器 1102发送的 BCCH来获得第一 WLAN AP的信息。 其中 UE处于空闲态且驻留在第一蜂窝网络站点, 或者 UE处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the transmitter 1102 may be specifically configured to: send a broadcast control channel BCCH to the UE, where the BCCH carries information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. In other words, the UE can obtain the information of the first WLAN AP by reading the BCCH transmitted by the transmitter 1102. The UE is in an idle state and resides at the first cellular network site, or the UE is in a connected state and is connected to the second cellular network site.
可选地, 作为另一个实施例,发射器 1102可以具体用于: 向 UE发送第 二 RRC消息, 第二 RRC消息携带第一蜂窝网络站点生成的 WLAN AP的信 息, 其中 UE处于连接态且连接到第一蜂窝网络站点。 也就是说, UE可以 通过读取发射器 11002发送的第二 RRC消息获取 WLAN AP的信息。 其中 第二 RRC消息可以是 RRC连接重配置或者 RRC连接建立或者 RRC连接重 建等消息, 应理解本发明实施例对此并不限定。 Optionally, as another embodiment, the transmitter 1102 may be specifically configured to: send a second RRC message to the UE, where the second RRC message carries information of the WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, where the UE is in a connected state and connected Go to the first cellular network site. That is, the UE may obtain the information of the WLAN AP by reading the second RRC message sent by the transmitter 11002. The second RRC message may be an RRC connection reconfiguration or an RRC connection setup or an RRC connection. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present invention are not limited thereto.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,第一蜂窝网络站点还可以包括接收器 1103, 接收器 1103用于接收 UE发送的第三 RRC消息, 通过第三 RRC消息获知 UE能够接入第一 WLAN AP。  Optionally, as another embodiment, the first cellular network site may further include a receiver 1103, where the receiver 1103 is configured to receive a third RRC message sent by the UE, and learn, by using the third RRC message, that the UE can access the first WLAN AP. .
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到, 结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各 示例的单元及算法步骤, 能够以电子硬件、 或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结 合来实现。 这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行, 取决于技术方案的特 定应用和设计约束条件。 专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方 法来实现所描述的功能, 但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。  Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in a combination of electronic hardware or computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods for implementing the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和筒洁, 上述描 述的系统、 装置和单元的具体工作过程, 可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应 过程, 在此不再赘述。  It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that, for the convenience of the description and the cleaning process, the specific operation of the system, the device and the unit described above may be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统、 装置和 方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示 意性的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可 以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个 系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间 的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合 或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。  In the several embodiments provided herein, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作 为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或 者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。  The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元 中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一 个单元中。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使 用时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本发明 的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部 分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质 中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前 述的存储介质包括: U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器( ROM , Read-Only Memory )、 随机存取存储器(RAM, Random Access Memory ), 磁碟或者光盘等各种可 以存储程序代码的介质。 The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential to the prior art or part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium, including a number of instructions to make a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, Or a network device or the like) performing all or part of the steps of the method of the various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围并不局限 于此, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易 想到变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发明的保护 范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。  The above is only the specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of the present invention is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope of the present invention. It should be covered by the scope of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims

权利要求 Rights request
1、 一种实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法, 其特征在于, 用户设备接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一无线局域网接入点1. A method for realizing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless LAN, characterized in that the user equipment receives the first wireless LAN access point generated and sent by the first cellular network site
WLAN AP的信息; WLAN AP information;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息确定是否接入所述第一 WLAN AP; The user equipment determines whether to access the first WLAN AP based on the information of the first WLAN AP;
所述用户设备在确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下,接入所述第一 WLAN AP。 When the user equipment determines to access the first WLAN AP, the user equipment accesses the first WLAN AP.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备在确定接 入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 在所述接入所述第一 WLAN AP之前, 所 述方法还包括: 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein when the user equipment determines to access the first WLAN AP, before accessing the first WLAN AP, the method further include:
所述用户设备打开所述用户设备的 WLAN模块。 The user equipment turns on the WLAN module of the user equipment.
3、根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息包括至少下列信息之一: 3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following information:
所述第一 WLAN AP的标识、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息、 所 述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接 入方式的信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP 支持的分流方式的信息和所述第一 WLAN AP支持的公共陆地移动网络标识 PLMN ID; The identification of the first WLAN AP, the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the first Information about the offloading mode supported by the WLAN AP and the public land mobile network identification PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息确定是否接入所述第一 WLAN AP, 包括: The user equipment determines whether to access the first WLAN AP based on the information of the first WLAN AP, including:
当所述用户设备确定下列至少一个条件被满足时, 所述用户设备确定接 入所述第一 WLAN AP: When the user equipment determines that at least one of the following conditions is met, the user equipment determines to access the first WLAN AP:
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的标识确定所述第一蜂窝网络站 点集成所述第一 WLAN AP; The user equipment determines that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP according to the identification of the first WLAN AP;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定所述用户设 备所处的位置位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内; The user equipment determines that the location of the user equipment is within the coverage area of the first WLAN AP based on the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求; The user equipment determines that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息 确定所述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方 式; The user equipment determines the capability of the user equipment to support the WLAN access method supported by the first WLAN AP based on the information about the WLAN access method supported by the first WLAN AP. Mode;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息确定所述 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足所述用户设备访问的业务的要求; 以及 The user equipment determines whether the offloading method supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the user equipment based on the information about the offloading method supported by the first WLAN AP; and
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定所述用户 设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 The user equipment determines, based on the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, that the user equipment's capability supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
4、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备根据所述 第一 WLAN AP 的标识确定所述第一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP, 包括: 4. The method according to claim 3, wherein the user equipment determines that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP according to the identification of the first WLAN AP, including:
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的标识与存储的所述第一蜂窝网 络站点集成的 WLAN AP的标识之间的对应关系, 确定所述第一蜂窝网络站 点集成所述第一 WLAN AP; 或者 The user equipment determines that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP according to the corresponding relationship between the identification of the first WLAN AP and the stored identification of the WLAN AP integrated with the first cellular network site. ; or
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的信息中的所述第一 WLAN标 识的指示信息确定所述第一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP。 The user equipment determines that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP.
5、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备根据所述 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定所述用户设备所处的位置位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 包括: 5. The method according to claim 3, wherein the user equipment determines that the location of the user equipment is within the coverage area of the first WLAN AP based on the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP. , include:
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息确定所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围, The user equipment determines the coverage of the first WLAN AP based on the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP,
根据所述用户设备接收所述第一蜂窝站点的信号测量值确定所述用户 设备所处的位置, Determine the location of the user equipment according to the signal measurement value received by the user equipment from the first cell site,
根据所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围和所述用户设备所处的位置确定所 述用户设备所处的位置位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内。 It is determined according to the coverage area of the first WLAN AP and the location of the user equipment that the location of the user equipment is within the coverage area of the first WLAN AP.
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 WLAN AP的 发射功率信息包括至少下列之一: 6. The method according to claim 5, wherein the transmit power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following:
所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等 级、 以及所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率的比值或偏移值。 The transmission power value of the first WLAN AP, the transmission power level of the first WLAN AP, and the ratio or offset value of the transmission power of the first WLAN AP to the transmission power of the first cellular network site.
7、 根据权利要求 5或 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备接收 第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 所述用户设备接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的多个 WLAN AP的信 息, 所述多个 WLAN AP的信息包括所述第一 WLAN AP的信息; 7. The method according to claim 5 or 6, characterized in that the user equipment receives the information of the first wireless LAN access point WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site, including: The user equipment receives information about multiple WLAN APs generated and sent by the first cellular network site, where the information about the multiple WLAN APs includes information about the first WLAN AP;
其中, 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射 功率值中的最大值, 或者所述第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率等级是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率等级中等级最大的; 或者 Wherein, the transmission power value of the first WLAN AP is the maximum value among the transmission power values of the plurality of WLAN APs, or the transmission power level of the first WLAN AP is the transmission power level of the plurality of WLAN APs. The largest of the medium grades; or
所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的 比值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率 的比值中最大的; 或者 The ratio of the transmission power of the first WLAN AP to the transmission power of the first cellular network site is the largest among the ratios of the transmission power of the plurality of WLAN APs to the transmission power of the first cellular network site; or
当所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率小于所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率时, 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率 的偏移值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射 功率的偏移值中最小的; 或者 When the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is less than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the The smallest offset value between the transmit power of multiple WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site; or
当所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率时, 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率 的偏移值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射 功率的偏移值中最大的。 When the transmit power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmit power of the first cellular network site, the offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site is the The largest offset value among the transmit power of the multiple WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
8、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 WLAN AP的 资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 所 述第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的中央处理单元 CPU处理资源信息、 以及所述第一的连接容量信息; 8. The method according to claim 3, wherein the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, response of the first WLAN AP Transmission bandwidth information, central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and first connection capacity information;
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求, 包括: The user equipment determines that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment based on the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, including:
当所述用户设备确定下列至少一个条件满足时, 所述用户设备确定所述 第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求: When the user equipment determines that at least one of the following conditions is met, the user equipment determines that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment:
所述第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分 比小于第一比例阈值; The percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first proportion threshold;
所述第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大于第二比 例阈值; The percentage of idle air interface resources of the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second proportion threshold;
所述第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比大于第三 比例阈值; 以及 The percentage of the first WLAN AP's idle backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third proportion threshold; and
所述第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的百分比小于第四 比例阈值。 The percentage of the used connection capacity of the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than that of the fourth WLAN AP Proportional threshold.
9、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备根据所述 第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息确定所述用户设备的能力支 持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式, 包括: 9. The method according to claim 3, characterized in that, the user equipment determines, based on the information on the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, that the capability of the user equipment supports the capabilities supported by the first WLAN AP. WLAN access methods, including:
所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式与存储 在所述用户设备的 WLAN AP接入方式之间的对应关系, 确定所述用户设备 的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式。 The user equipment determines the capability of the user equipment to support the first WLAN AP based on the corresponding relationship between the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the WLAN AP access mode stored in the user equipment. Supported WLAN access methods.
10、 根据权利要求 3所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备根据所述 第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定所述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID, 包括: 10. The method according to claim 3, wherein the user equipment determines that the user equipment's capability supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP based on the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP, include:
当所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID与存储在所 述用户设备的 PLMN ID的对应关系, 确定所述用户设备的能力支持所述第 一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 When the user equipment determines that the user equipment has the capability to support the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP according to the corresponding relationship between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the user equipment.
11、根据权利要求 1-10任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述用户设 备处于空闲态且驻留在所述第一蜂窝网络站点, 所述用户设备接收第一蜂窝 网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 11. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that, when the user equipment is in an idle state and camped on the first cellular network site, the user equipment receives the information from the first cellular network site. Information generated and sent by the first WLAN AP, including:
所述用户设备接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送的广播控制信道 BCCH, 所述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息。 The user equipment receives the broadcast control channel BCCH sent by the first cellular network site, and the BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
12、 根据权利要求 1-10任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述用户 设备处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点时, 所述用户设备接收第一蜂窝 网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 12. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that, when the user equipment is in a connected state and is connected to a second cellular network site, the user equipment receives the information generated by the first cellular network site and Information sent by the first WLAN AP, including:
所述用户设备根据所述第二蜂窝网络站点的指导接收并读取所述第一 蜂窝网络站点发送的 BCCH,所述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的 所述第一 WLAN AP的信息。 The user equipment receives and reads the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site according to the guidance of the second cellular network site, and the BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site. .
13、 根据权利要求 12所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述用户设备确定 接入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 所述方法还包括: 13. The method according to claim 12, wherein when the user equipment determines to access the first WLAN AP, the method further includes:
所述用户设备向所述第二蜂窝站点发送第一无线资源控制 RRC消息, 所述第一 RRC消息用于通知所述第二蜂窝网络站点所述用户设备能够接入 所述第一 WLAN AP。 The user equipment sends a first radio resource control RRC message to the second cellular site, and the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network site that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
14、 根据权利要求 1-10任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 当所述用户 设备处于连接态且连接到所述第一蜂窝网络站点时, 所述用户设备接收第一 蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 14. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, the user equipment receives the first The information generated and sent by the cellular network site to the first WLAN AP includes:
所述用户设备接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC消息, 所述 第二 RRC消息携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述 WLAN AP的信息。 The user equipment receives a second RRC message sent by the first cellular network site, and the second RRC message carries the information of the WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
15、 根据权利要求 1-14任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还 包括: 15. The method according to any one of claims 1-14, characterized in that the method further includes:
所述用户设备向所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送第三 RRC消息, 所述第三 RRC 消息用于通知所述第一蜂窝网络站点所述用户设备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。 The user equipment sends a third RRC message to the first cellular network site, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network site that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
16、 一种实现蜂窝网络和无线局域网互操作的方法, 其特征在于, 第一蜂窝网络站点生成第一无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP的信息; 所述第一蜂窝网络站点向用户设备发送所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 以 指示所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息确定是否接入所述第一 WLAN AP ,在确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下,接入所述第一 WLAN AP。 16. A method for realizing interoperability between a cellular network and a wireless LAN, characterized in that the first cellular network site generates information about the first wireless LAN access point WLAN AP; the first cellular network site sends the information to the user equipment The information of the first WLAN AP is used to instruct the user equipment to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP. If it is determined to access the first WLAN AP, access the first WLAN AP. Describe the first WLAN AP.
17、 根据权利要求 16所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息包括至少下列信息之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP 的标识、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息、 所述第 一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 分流方式的信息和所述第一 WLAN AP支持的公共陆地移动网络标识 PLMN ID; 17. The method according to claim 16, wherein the information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following information: the identification of the first WLAN AP, the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP, The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information of the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the public land mobile supported by the first WLAN AP Network identification PLMN ID;
其中, 所述第一 WLAN AP的标识由所述用户设备用于确定所述第一蜂 窝网络站点是否集成所述第一 WLAN AP , Wherein, the identification of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP,
所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息由所述用户设备用于确定所述用户 设备所处的位置是否位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, The transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the location of the user equipment is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP,
所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息由所述用户设备用于确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求, The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment,
所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息由所述用户设备用 于确定所述用户设备的能力是否支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN 接入方式, The information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP,
所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息由所述用户设备用于确定所 述第一 WLAN AP 支持的分流方式是否满足所述用户设备访问的业务的要 求, 以及, The information about the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the user equipment. Ask for, and,
所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID由所述用户设备用于确定所述用 户设备的能力是否支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 The PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
18、 根据权利要求 17所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 WLAN AP 的发射功率信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、 所 述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、 以及所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与 所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏移值。 18. The method according to claim 17, wherein the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: a transmission power value of the first WLAN AP, a transmission power value of the first WLAN AP The power level, and the ratio or offset value of the transmission power of the first WLAN AP and the transmission power of the first cellular network site.
19、根据权利要求 17或 18所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信 息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的中央处理 单元 CPU处理资源信息、 以及所述第一的连接容量信息。 19. The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, The backhaul bandwidth information, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information.
20、 根据权利要求 16-19任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一蜂 窝网络站点向用户设备发送所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 20. The method according to any one of claims 16 to 19, characterized in that the first cellular network site sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the user equipment, including:
所述第一蜂窝网络站点向所述用户设备发送广播控制信道 BCCH, 所述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 其中 所述用户设备处于空闲态且驻留在所述第一蜂窝网络站点, 或者所述用户设 备处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点。 The first cellular network site sends a broadcast control channel BCCH to the user equipment. The BCCH carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, wherein the user equipment is in an idle state and parked. Stay at the first cellular network site, or the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to the second cellular network site.
21、 根据权利要求 16-19任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一蜂 窝网络站点向用户设备发送所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 包括: 21. The method according to any one of claims 16 to 19, characterized in that the first cellular network site sends the information of the first WLAN AP to the user equipment, including:
所述第一蜂窝网络站点向所述用户设备发送第二无线资源控制 RRC消 息, 所述第二 RRC消息携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息,其中所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到所述第一蜂窝网络站点。 The first cellular network site sends a second radio resource control RRC message to the user equipment, where the second RRC message carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site, wherein the user The device is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site.
22、 根据权利要求 16-21任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还 包括: 22. The method according to any one of claims 16-21, characterized in that the method further includes:
所述第一蜂窝网络站点通过所述用户设备发送的第三 RRC消息获知所 述用户设备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。 The first cellular network station learns that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP through the third RRC message sent by the user equipment.
23、 一种用户设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 23. A user equipment, characterized by: including:
接收单元, 用于接收第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的第一无线局域网接 入点 WLAN AP的信息; A receiving unit, configured to receive the information of the first wireless LAN access point WLAN AP generated and sent by the first cellular network site;
确定单元, 用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息确 定是否接入所述第一 WLAN AP; 接入单元,用于在所述确定单元确定接入所述第一 WLAN ΑΡ的情况下, 接入所述第一 WLAN ΑΡ。 Determining unit, configured to determine whether to access the first WLAN AP according to the information of the first WLAN AP received by the receiving unit; An access unit, configured to access the first WLAN AP when the determining unit determines to access the first WLAN AP.
24、 根据权利要求 23所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备还 包括打开单元, 24. The user equipment according to claim 23, characterized in that the user equipment further includes an opening unit,
所述打开单元, 用于在所述确定单元确定接入所述第一 WLAN ΑΡ的情 况下, 在接入所述第一 WLAN AP之前, 打开所述用户设备的 WLAN模块。 The opening unit is configured to open the WLAN module of the user equipment before accessing the first WLAN AP when the determining unit determines to access the first WLAN AP.
25、 根据权利要求 23或 24所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收单 元接收的所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息包括至少下列信息之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的标识、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息和所述第一 WLAN AP支持的公 共陆地移动网络标识 PLMN ID; 25. The user equipment according to claim 23 or 24, wherein the information of the first WLAN AP received by the receiving unit includes at least one of the following information: the identification of the first WLAN AP, the The transmission power information of the first WLAN AP, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information of the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the The public land mobile network identification PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP;
所述确定单元具体用于: 当确定满足下列至少一个条件时, 确定接入所 述第一 WLAN AP: The determining unit is specifically configured to: determine access to the first WLAN AP when it is determined that at least one of the following conditions is met:
所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP的标识确定所述第一蜂窝网络站 点集成所述第一 WLAN AP; The determining unit determines that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP according to the identification of the first WLAN AP;
所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定所述用户设 备所处的位置位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内; The determining unit determines that the location of the user equipment is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP based on the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP;
所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求; The determining unit determines that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment according to the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP;
所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息 确定所述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方 式; The determining unit determines that the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP based on the information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP;
所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息确定所述 第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式是否满足所述用户设备访问的业务的要求; 以及 The determining unit determines whether the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the user equipment according to the information about the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP; and
所述确定单元根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID确定所述用户 设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 The determining unit determines that the user equipment's capability supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP according to the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 26. The user equipment according to claim 25, characterized in that,
所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP的标识与存储的所述 第一蜂窝网络站点集成的 WLAN AP的标识之间的对应关系, 确定所述第一 蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP; 或者 The determining unit is specifically configured to: determine the first WLAN AP according to the corresponding relationship between the identifier of the first WLAN AP and the stored identifier of the WLAN AP integrated with the first cellular network site. The cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP; or
所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP的信息中的所述第一 WLAN 标识的指示信息确定所述第一蜂窝网络站点集成所述第一 WLAN AP。 The determining unit is specifically configured to: determine that the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP according to the indication information of the first WLAN identifier in the information of the first WLAN AP.
27、 根据权利要求 25所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 27. The user equipment according to claim 25, characterized in that,
所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息确定 所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围,根据所述用户设备接收所述第一蜂窝站点 的信号测量值确定所述用户设备所处的位置,根据所述第一 WLAN AP的覆 盖范围和所述用户设备所处的位置确定所述用户设备所处的位置位于所述 第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内。 The determining unit is specifically configured to: determine the coverage of the first WLAN AP according to the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP, and determine the user equipment according to the signal measurement value of the first cell site received by the user equipment. The location of the device is determined based on the coverage of the first WLAN AP and the location of the user equipment. It is determined that the location of the user equipment is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP.
28、 根据权利要求 27所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收单元用 于接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成并发送的多个 WLAN AP的信息, 所述多 个 WLAN AP的信息包括所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 28. The user equipment according to claim 27, wherein the receiving unit is configured to receive information about multiple WLAN APs generated and sent by the first cellular network site, and the information about the multiple WLAN APs includes The information of the first WLAN AP,
其中, 所述确定单元确定接入的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值是所 述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率值中的最大值, 或者所述第一 WLAN AP的发 射功率等级是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率等级中等级最大的; 或者 Wherein, the determining unit determines that the transmit power value of the accessed first WLAN AP is the maximum value among the transmit power values of the multiple WLAN APs, or the transmit power level of the first WLAN AP is the The highest transmit power level among multiple WLAN APs; or
所述确定单元确定接入的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂 窝网络站点的发射功率的比值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一 蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值中最大的; 或者 The determining unit determines that the ratio of the transmission power of the accessed first WLAN AP to the transmission power of the first cellular network site is the transmission power of the multiple WLAN APs to the transmission power of the first cellular network site. The greatest ratio of powers; or
当所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率小于所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率时, 所述确定单元确定接入的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一 蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述 第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最小的; 或者 When the transmission power of the first WLAN AP is less than the transmission power of the first cellular network site, the determining unit determines that the transmission power of the accessed first WLAN AP is equal to the transmission power of the first cellular network site. The offset value of the power is the smallest of the offset values of the transmit power of the plurality of WLAN APs and the transmit power of the first cellular network site; or
当所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率大于所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功 率时, 所述确定单元确定接入的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一 蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值是所述多个 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述 第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的偏移值中最大的。 When the transmission power of the first WLAN AP is greater than the transmission power of the first cellular network site, the determining unit determines that the transmission power of the accessed first WLAN AP is equal to the transmission power of the first cellular network site. The power offset value is the largest offset value among the transmission powers of the plurality of WLAN APs and the transmission power of the first cellular network site.
29、 根据权利要求 27或 28所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射 功率值、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、 以及所述第一 WLAN AP的 发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏移值。 29. The user equipment according to claim 27 or 28, characterized in that the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP includes at least one of the following: the transmission power value of the first WLAN AP, the first WLAN The transmit power level of the AP, and the ratio or offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP and the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
30、 根据权利要求 25所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收单元接 收的所述第一 WLAN AP 的资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 所述第 一 WLAN AP的中央处理单元 CPU处理资源信息、 以及所述第一的连接容 量信息; 30. The user equipment according to claim 25, wherein the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP received by the receiving unit includes at least one of the following: air interface resource information of the first WLAN AP, the The backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information;
所述确定单元具体用于: 当确定下列至少一个条件被满足时, 确定所述 第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求: The determining unit is specifically configured to: determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment when it is determined that at least one of the following conditions is met:
所述第一 WLAN AP已用的 CPU处理资源占总的 CPU处理资源的百分 比小于第一比例阈值; The percentage of the CPU processing resources used by the first WLAN AP to the total CPU processing resources is less than the first proportion threshold;
所述第一 WLAN AP空闲的空口资源占总空口资源的百分比大于第二比 例阈值; The percentage of idle air interface resources of the first WLAN AP to the total air interface resources is greater than the second proportion threshold;
所述第一 WLAN AP空闲的回传带宽占总的回传带宽的百分比大于第三 比例阈值; 以及 The percentage of the first WLAN AP's idle backhaul bandwidth to the total backhaul bandwidth is greater than the third proportion threshold; and
所述第一 WLAN AP已用的连接容量占总的连接容量的百分比小于第四 比例阈值。 The percentage of the used connection capacity of the first WLAN AP to the total connection capacity is less than the fourth proportion threshold.
31、 根据权利要求 25所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 31. The user equipment according to claim 25, characterized in that,
所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入 方式与存储在所述用户设备的 WLAN AP接入方式之间的对应关系, 确定所 述用户设备的能力支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN接入方式。 The determining unit is specifically configured to: determine, based on the correspondence between the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP and the WLAN AP access mode stored in the user equipment, that the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN access method supported by the first WLAN AP.
32、 根据权利要求 25所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 32. The user equipment according to claim 25, characterized in that,
所述确定单元具体用于: 根据所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID与 存储在所述用户设备的 PLMN ID的对应关系, 确定所述用户设备的能力支 持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 The determining unit is specifically configured to: determine, based on the correspondence between the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP and the PLMN ID stored in the user equipment, that the capability of the user equipment supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP. PLMNID.
33、 根据权利要求 23-32任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收单元具体用于: 当所述用户设备处于空闲态且驻留在所述第一 蜂窝网络站点, 接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送的广播控制信道 BCCH, 所 述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息。 33. The user equipment according to any one of claims 23 to 32, characterized in that the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in an idle state and resides on the first cellular network site, receive The broadcast control channel BCCH sent by the first cellular network site carries the information of the first WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network site.
34、 根据权利要求 23-32任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收单元具体用于: 当所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到第二蜂窝 网络站点时,根据所述第二蜂窝网络站点的指导接收并读取所述第一蜂窝网 络站点发送的 BCCH,所述 BCCH携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述第 一 WLAN AP的信息。 34. The user equipment according to any one of claims 23 to 32, characterized in that the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to a second cellular network site, according to the The second cellular network site is directed to receive and read the BCCH sent by the first cellular network site, where the BCCH carries the third code generated by the first cellular network site. Information about a WLAN AP.
35、 根据权利要求 34所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备还 包括第一发送单元, 35. The user equipment according to claim 34, characterized in that, the user equipment further includes a first sending unit,
所述第一发送单元, 用于向所述第二蜂窝站点发送第一无线资源控制 RRC消息, 所述第一 RRC消息用于通知所述第二蜂窝网络站点所述用户设 备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。 The first sending unit is configured to send a first radio resource control RRC message to the second cellular site, where the first RRC message is used to notify the second cellular network site that the user equipment can access the The first WLAN AP.
36、 根据权利要求 23-32任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述接收单元具体用于: 当所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到所述第一 蜂窝网络站点时, 接收所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送的第二 RRC消息, 所述 第二 RRC消息携带所述第一蜂窝网络站点生成的所述 WLAN AP的信息。 36. The user equipment according to any one of claims 23 to 32, characterized in that the receiving unit is specifically configured to: when the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site, receive The second RRC message sent by the first cellular network station, the second RRC message carries the information of the WLAN AP generated by the first cellular network station.
37、 根据权利要求 23-36任一项所述的用户设备, 其特征在于, 所述用 户设备还包括第二发送单元, 37. The user equipment according to any one of claims 23 to 36, characterized in that the user equipment further includes a second sending unit,
所述第二发送单元, 用于向所述第一蜂窝网络站点发送第三 RRC消息, 所述第三 RRC消息用于通知所述第一蜂窝网络站点所述用户设备能够接入 所述第一 WLAN AP。 The second sending unit is configured to send a third RRC message to the first cellular network site, where the third RRC message is used to notify the first cellular network site that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
38、 一种第一蜂窝网络站点, 其特征在于, 包括: 38. A first cellular network site, characterized by including:
生成单元, 用于生成第一无线局域网接入点 WLAN AP的信息; 发送单元, 用于向用户设备发送所述生成单元生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息, 以指示所述用户设备根据所述第一 WLAN AP的信息确定是否 接入所述第一 WLAN AP, 在确定接入所述第一 WLAN AP的情况下, 接入 所述第一 WLAN AP。 A generating unit, configured to generate information about the first wireless LAN access point WLAN AP; A sending unit, configured to send the information about the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit to the user equipment to instruct the user equipment according to the The information of the first WLAN AP determines whether to access the first WLAN AP. If it is determined to access the first WLAN AP, access the first WLAN AP.
39、 根据权利要求 38所述的蜂窝网络站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送单 元发送的所述第一 WLAN AP 的信息包括至少下列信息之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的标识、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息和所述第一 WLAN AP支持的公 共陆地移动网络标识 PLMN ID; 39. The cellular network site according to claim 38, wherein the information of the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following information: the identification of the first WLAN AP, the The transmission power information of a WLAN AP, the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP, the information of the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP, the information of the offload mode supported by the first WLAN AP, and the information of the third WLAN AP. - Public land mobile network identification PLMN ID supported by the WLAN AP;
其中, 所述第一 WLAN AP的标识由所述用户设备用于确定所述第一蜂 窝网络站点是否集成所述第一 WLAN AP, Wherein, the identification of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the first cellular network site integrates the first WLAN AP,
所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息由所述用户设备用于确定所述用户 设备所处的位置是否位于所述第一 WLAN AP的覆盖范围内, 所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息由所述用户设备用于确定所述第一 WLAN AP的未使用资源满足所述用户设备的资源需求, The transmit power information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the location of the user equipment is within the coverage of the first WLAN AP, The resource usage information of the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine that the unused resources of the first WLAN AP meet the resource requirements of the user equipment,
所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 WLAN接入方式的信息由所述用户设备用 于确定所述用户设备的能力是否支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 WLAN 接入方式, The information about the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports the WLAN access mode supported by the first WLAN AP,
所述第一 WLAN AP支持的分流方式的信息由所述用户设备用于确定所 述第一 WLAN AP 支持的分流方式是否满足所述用户设备访问的业务的要 求, 以及 The information about the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the offloading mode supported by the first WLAN AP meets the requirements of the service accessed by the user equipment, and
所述第一 WLAN AP支持的 PLMN ID由所述用户设备用于确定所述用 户设备的能力是否支持所述第一 WLAN AP所支持的 PLMN ID。 The PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP is used by the user equipment to determine whether the capability of the user equipment supports the PLMN ID supported by the first WLAN AP.
40、 根据权利要求 39所述的蜂窝网络站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送单 元发送的所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率信息包括至少下列之一: 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率值、 所述第一 WLAN AP的发射功率等级、 以及所述 第一 WLAN AP的发射功率与所述第一蜂窝网络站点的发射功率的比值或偏 移值。 40. The cellular network site according to claim 39, wherein the transmission power information of the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following: a transmission power value of the first WLAN AP, The transmit power level of the first WLAN AP, and the ratio or offset value of the transmit power of the first WLAN AP to the transmit power of the first cellular network site.
41、 根据权利要求 39或 40所述的蜂窝网络站点, 其特征在于, 所述发 送单元发送的所述第一 WLAN AP的资源使用信息包括至少下列之一: 所述 第一 WLAN AP的空口资源信息、 所述第一 WLAN AP的回传带宽信息、 所 述第一 WLAN AP的中央处理单元 CPU处理资源信息、 以及所述第一的连 接容量信息。 41. The cellular network site according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the resource usage information of the first WLAN AP sent by the sending unit includes at least one of the following: air interface resources of the first WLAN AP information, the backhaul bandwidth information of the first WLAN AP, the central processing unit CPU processing resource information of the first WLAN AP, and the first connection capacity information.
42、 根据权利要求 38-41任一项所述的蜂窝网络站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送单元具体用于: 向所述用户设备发送广播控制信道 BCCH, 所 述 BCCH携带所述生成单元生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的信息,其中所述用 户设备处于空闲态且驻留在所述第一蜂窝网络站点, 或者所述用户设备处于 连接态且连接到第二蜂窝网络站点。 42. The cellular network site according to any one of claims 38 to 41, characterized in that the sending unit is specifically configured to: send a broadcast control channel BCCH to the user equipment, the BCCH carrying the broadcast control channel generated by the generating unit Information about the first WLAN AP, wherein the user equipment is in an idle state and resides on the first cellular network site, or the user equipment is in a connected state and is connected to a second cellular network site.
43、 根据权利要求 38-41任一项所述的蜂窝网络站点, 其特征在于, 所述发送单元具体用于: 向所述用户设备发送第二无线资源控制 RRC 消息, 所述第二 RRC消息携带所述生成单元生成的所述第一 WLAN AP的 信息, 其中所述用户设备处于连接态且连接到所述第一蜂窝网络站点。 43. The cellular network site according to any one of claims 38 to 41, characterized in that the sending unit is specifically configured to: send a second radio resource control RRC message to the user equipment, the second RRC message The information of the first WLAN AP generated by the generating unit is carried, wherein the user equipment is in a connected state and connected to the first cellular network site.
44、 根据权利要求 38-43任一项所述的蜂窝网络站点, 其特征在于, 所 述第一蜂窝网络站点还包括接收单元, 所述接收单元, 用于接收所述用户设备发送的第三 RRC消息, 通过所 述第三 RRC消息获知所述用户设备能够接入所述第一 WLAN AP。 44. The cellular network site according to any one of claims 38 to 43, characterized in that, the first cellular network site further includes a receiving unit, The receiving unit is configured to receive a third RRC message sent by the user equipment, and learn through the third RRC message that the user equipment can access the first WLAN AP.
PCT/CN2013/082915 2013-09-04 2013-09-04 Method and device for achieving interoperation between cellular network and wireless local area network WO2015032036A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/082915 WO2015032036A1 (en) 2013-09-04 2013-09-04 Method and device for achieving interoperation between cellular network and wireless local area network
CN201380004525.6A CN104770019B (en) 2013-09-04 2013-09-04 The method and apparatus for realizing cellular network and Wireless LAN interoperability

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/082915 WO2015032036A1 (en) 2013-09-04 2013-09-04 Method and device for achieving interoperation between cellular network and wireless local area network

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015032036A1 true WO2015032036A1 (en) 2015-03-12

Family

ID=52627682

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/082915 WO2015032036A1 (en) 2013-09-04 2013-09-04 Method and device for achieving interoperation between cellular network and wireless local area network

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104770019B (en)
WO (1) WO2015032036A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111356206A (en) * 2018-12-24 2020-06-30 中国电信股份有限公司 Network access method, system and base station

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106713180B (en) * 2015-11-18 2020-09-04 南京中兴软件有限责任公司 Hotspot device control method and device
SG11201907480WA (en) * 2017-02-15 2019-09-27 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp Ltd Network connection method and apparatus

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1322419A (en) * 1999-08-09 2001-11-14 Sk泰力康姆株式会社 Method for carrying out handoff between macrocell and microcell in hierarchical cell structure
US20120026972A1 (en) * 2010-08-02 2012-02-02 Guowang Miao Apparatus and method for supporting range expansion in a wireless network
CN103109568A (en) * 2011-09-14 2013-05-15 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for acquiring wifi access point information

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012149797A1 (en) * 2011-10-08 2012-11-08 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for acquiring wireless local area network information
CN107172684B (en) * 2011-12-08 2020-09-29 华为技术有限公司 Access method and system, user equipment and network side equipment

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1322419A (en) * 1999-08-09 2001-11-14 Sk泰力康姆株式会社 Method for carrying out handoff between macrocell and microcell in hierarchical cell structure
US20120026972A1 (en) * 2010-08-02 2012-02-02 Guowang Miao Apparatus and method for supporting range expansion in a wireless network
CN103109568A (en) * 2011-09-14 2013-05-15 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for acquiring wifi access point information

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111356206A (en) * 2018-12-24 2020-06-30 中国电信股份有限公司 Network access method, system and base station

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104770019B (en) 2019-04-05
CN104770019A (en) 2015-07-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10194357B2 (en) Method and apparatus for applying assistance information for traffic steering in wireless communication system
US10966114B2 (en) Method and apparatus for traffic steering between networks
TWI571085B (en) Methods and apparatus to support multiple subscriber identities in a wireless communication device
JP6386565B2 (en) Method and apparatus for improving access steering between radio access networks
KR101497520B1 (en) Mobility procedures and differentiated charging in home node-bs
US20160277974A1 (en) Controlling the Operation of Mobile Terminals with Respect to Multiple Radio Access Technologies
CN104541547B (en) Method, apparatus, equipment and the system of control access WLAN
EP2946610B1 (en) Terminal, network node and methods therein for enabling access to a radio communications network
CN106063334B (en) Method and apparatus for updating ANDSF policy in wireless communication system
EP3100501B1 (en) Method and apparatus for performing traffic steering in wireless communication system
CN105009628A (en) Method and apparatus for handling traffic steering failure in wireless communication system
EP3120615B1 (en) Method and apparatus for handling ran assistance information for cell change in wireless communication system
US20170195908A1 (en) Method and apparatus for handling ran assistance information for roaming user equipments in wireless communication system
US20180338268A1 (en) Method and apparatus for performing application category based traffic steering in wireless communication system
US20160234808A1 (en) Wireless Device, Node and Methods Therein for Deciding Whether or Not to Activate a WLAN Interface
EP3354076A1 (en) Terminal and method for inter rat access selection in a communications network
WO2015032036A1 (en) Method and device for achieving interoperation between cellular network and wireless local area network

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13892795

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13892795

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1